ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Contents
Chairman’s Message
Crown Resorts at a Glance
Crown’s Luxury Resort Portfolio
Financial Performance
Chief Executive Officer’s Report
Australian Resorts
Melco Crown Entertainment
Crown Aspinalls and other investments
Development Projects
Corporate Social Responsibility
The Crown Resorts Foundation
Corporate Governance Statement
Nevada Information Statement
Directors’ Statutory Report
Remuneration Report
Auditor’s Independence Declaration
Independent Auditor’s Report
Directors’ Declaration
Financial Report
Shareholder Information
Additional Information
Corporate Information
1
2
6
12
14
16
22
25
26
28
31
33
46
50
60
82
83
85
86
146
148
inside back cover
Financial Calendar
Record date for dividend – 25 September 2015
Payment of final dividend – 9 October 2015
Annual General Meeting – 21 October 2015
2016 interim results – February 2016
Annual General Meeting
10.00am, Wednesday 21 October 2015
River Room
Level 1, Crown Towers
8 Whiteman Street
Southbank, Melbourne
CROWN RESORTS LIMITED
ABN 39 125 709 953
b
Chairman’s Message
Crown Resorts is one of Australia’s leading luxury tourism
and entertainment businesses, with a significant and
growing global reach.
It gives me great pleasure to present my first Annual Report as
Chairman. Crown Resorts is a proud Australian tourism and
entertainment company which makes a significant contribution
to our country through our world-class employment, training,
tourism infrastructure and social responsibility programs.
Results
For the financial year ended 30 June 2015, Crown Resorts
announced a net profit of $446.3 million before significant
items, which was down 36.5% from the previous year.
Crown’s portfolio of businesses achieved a mixed result. This
year, our investment in Melco Crown Entertainment (Melco
Crown) was impacted by a downturn in gaming revenue in
Macau that was sharper than anticipated. Crown’s wholly
owned Australian resorts, Crown Perth and particularly Crown
Melbourne, achieved good earnings growth in subdued
domestic conditions.
A stand-out was the strong growth in International VIP Program
Play turnover across Crown’s Australian resorts. This followed
greater investment in our VIP international marketing. A final
dividend of 19 cents per share, franked to 50%, was declared,
bringing the total dividend for the year to 37 cents per share.
Building a global luxury brand will
benefit shareholders
While Crown has built a strong and resilient business with
significant cash flows and solid financial results for over two
decades now, it is critical that we have a broader vision for the
future, which will allow us to continue delivering strong results
for our shareholders.
Our most important future priority is to ensure Crown Resorts
is globally recognised as a first class luxury resorts brand, as
this will help us attract an even greater share of international
visitors from across Asia and globally.
High net worth individuals from Australia and around the
world, especially China, place a very high premium on luxury
brands. If Crown delivers on its brand promise of first class
luxury properties and service, customers will be prepared to
travel further and pay a premium to experience our
international network of resorts.
Customer loyalty to the Crown brand is helping our hotels run
at over 90% occupancy year-round and it is why our iconic
plans for Melbourne, Perth, Sydney and Las Vegas are so
important. It is also why luxury assets like our world-class
restaurants, private jets, yacht, the Capital Golf Course in
Melbourne and the proposed interest in Ellerston in regional
NSW are so important. All these assets allow us to offer our
VIP customers a network of globally connected luxury resorts
and “money-can’t-buy experiences”, which build our brand
loyalty and appeal. This global approach is absolutely
necessary to compete in the increasingly important
International VIP gaming market.
Customer loyalty to the Crown brand will also help reduce
business volatility in an uncertain global economic
environment.
The ongoing boom in
outbound Chinese
tourism is a major
positive for our resorts
and very encouraging
given our ongoing
pipeline of investment in
high quality tourism assets.
Construction at the
Crown Towers Perth hotel
is well underway and it is
scheduled for opening in
late 2016. In Sydney, our architects and designers have been
working diligently to ensure that Crown Sydney, when built, will
be one of the world’s great hotels. We are also working with
globally recognised architects to ensure the proposed new
luxury hotel in Melbourne is a landmark building Melbourne
can be proud of. We are continuing detailed design work with
our partners on our proposal to build a new luxury resort on
the Las Vegas strip.
Our commitment to community
During the year Crown continued its work as a good
corporate citizen. Crown paid more than $640 million in taxes
to all levels of Australian Governments, which amounts to
almost two thirds of Crown’s Australian normalised profit
before tax.
Crown has also continued to make a major contribution to our
community through our Corporate Social Responsibility
programs and our National Philanthropic Fund. This year we
employed our 450th Indigenous employee and launched
phase two of our Reconciliation Action Plan. We also
launched ‘CrownAbility’, one of Australia’s best disability
employment programs. In FY15, the Crown Resorts
Foundation also helped deliver significant funding and
assistance to over 80 community organisations which assist
the most disadvantaged in our society and provide young
Australians with opportunities they need to learn, grow and be
confident in themselves and their ability to succeed.
I would like to take this opportunity to thank the Board,
management and staff at Crown for their invaluable
commitment and contribution. Our former Chairman,
James Packer, has done an outstanding job for shareholders
over many years and I look forward to working with him as an
Executive Board Member on a number of very significant
global and Australian projects, including our online strategies.
Can I also sincerely thank you, as a valued shareholder of
Crown Resorts Limited, for your continued support as we
move into the next phase of our transition towards a global
luxury brand.
Robert Rankin
Chairman, Crown Resorts Limited
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
1
Crown Resorts at a Glance
Crown Resorts is one of Australia’s largest entertainment and gaming groups
with operations and investments in Australia, Asia, the United Kingdom and
the United States.
The World of Crown Resorts
Studio City, Macau
City of Dreams, Macau
City of Dreams, Manila
Crown Aspinalls, London
Crown Perth
Crown Mebourne
Crown
Sydney
100% owned operation
100% owned project
34.3% equity interest in
Melco Crown Entertainment operations
Majority interest in project
2
Alon, Las Vegas
• Crown owns and operates two of Australia’s
leading integrated resorts, Crown Melbourne and
Crown Perth, which together attract approximately
29 million visits each year.
• Crown is investing more than $2.8 billion in
upgrading and opening new features at these
Australian resorts between FY11 and FY18.
• Crown owns and operates Crown Aspinalls in
London, one of only five high-end licensed casinos
in the West End entertainment district.
• Crown is investing $2 billion to build Sydney’s first
six-star hotel resort at Barangaroo on Sydney
Harbour. Crown Sydney is envisaged to be
operational from late 2020 and is conditional on
the granting of all necessary planning approvals.
• Crown is expanding its portfolio of resorts across
Asia through a 34.3% equity interest in and
partnership with Melco Crown Entertainment
(Melco Crown), a developer, owner and operator of
integrated resorts in Macau and the Philippines.
Melco Crown is one of only six licenced casino
operators in Macau.
• Alon Las Vegas, Crown’s development project in
Las Vegas, will expand Crown’s presence as a
leading global operator and complements Crown’s
expansion in Australia and Asia.
• Crown is investing in complementary assets, with
interests in online wagering through CrownBet (62%
interest) and Betfair Australia (100% owned) and
online social gaming through DGN Games LLC (60%
interest). It also holds equity interests in Aspers
Group (50%) in the United Kingdom and Cannery
(24.5%) in the United States.
• Crown’s experienced management team has a
proven track record of successfully delivering and
operating large scale and complex projects.
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
3
Luxury Hotels
Events & Entertainment
High-end Retail
Luxury Resort Facilities
4
Signature Restaurants
Infinity Sky Gaming
Internationally renowned
chef Heston Blumenthal
has opened a restaurant
at Crown Melbourne
The Capital Golf Course, Melbourne
Ellerston
5
Crown Perth
Crown Melbourne
100% owned
• Crown Melbourne is Australia’s leading
integrated resort and one of the most visited
tourist destinations with its dynamic and
diverse facilities.
• It operates 2,628 gaming machines and has
approval to operate 540 table games.
• The resort currently features the Crown Towers
Melbourne hotel, with 481 guest rooms, the
Crown Metropol Melbourne hotel with 658 guest
rooms and the Crown Promenade Melbourne
hotel with 465 guest rooms.
• The Crown Conference Centre has 7,350 square
metres of conference and meeting facilities,
across three floors.
• Banqueting facilities include the Palladium’s
1,500-seat ballroom and The Palms’ 900-seat
cabaret venue.
• A broad selection of restaurants
and bars are located in the resort,
including many of Melbourne’s finest.
• Crown Melbourne’s retail precinct
features prestigious designer brands
and high street retail outlets.
• Crown plans to develop a new
400-room luxury hotel on the site
adjacent to Crown Melbourne, subject
to planning and other approvals.
6
Crown Perth
100% owned
• Crown Perth is one of Western
Australia’s largest tourist destinations,
with an exceptional range of
entertainment and tourism experiences.
• It has approval to operate 2,300 gaming
machines and 295 table games.
• The resort currently features the
Crown Metropol Perth hotel with
395 guest rooms and luxury day spa,
resort pools and the Crown Promenade
Perth hotel with 291 guest rooms.
• Large-scale entertainment facilities
include the 2,300-seat Crown Theatre
Perth, along with a world-class
convention centre.
• A premium selection of restaurants and
bars are located in the resort in addition
to casual dining options.
• Crown Towers Perth, with approximately
500 luxury guest rooms, is targeted for
completion in December 2016.
Artist’s impression of Crown Towers Perth, targeted for completion in December 2016.
7
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015 Crown Sydney
100% owned project
at Barangaroo, will be the city’s first
six-star luxury resort.
• Crown Sydney, located on Sydney Harbour
• Crown’s plan for an iconic Sydney
landmark includes 350 guest rooms and
suites, luxury apartments, signature
restaurants, bars, retail outlets, pool and
spa facilities, conference rooms and VIP
gaming facilities.
8
Artist’s impression of Crown Sydney. The development of Crown Sydney remains conditional on the
granting of all necessary planning approvals.
Melco Crown – City of Dreams Macau
• A premier leisure and entertainment
destination designed to appeal to the rapidly
evolving demands of high-end Asian
consumers.
• City of Dreams Macau operates
approximately 500 table games and 1,200
gaming machines.
• Resort accommodation features the Crown
Towers hotel and the Hard Rock hotel, each
with approximately 300 guest rooms, and the
Grand Hyatt hotel across two towers with
approximately 800 guest rooms.
• City of Dreams Macau offers a vast selection
of high quality food, beverage and
entertainment options including around
30 restaurants and bars and 70 retail outlets.
Crown holds a 34.3% interest in Melco Crown Entertainment
9
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015 Melco Crown – Studio City Macau
resort located in Cotai that will transport visitors into a stunning cinematic world.
• Melco Crown holds a 60% interest in Macau Studio City (Studio City), a Hollywood-inspired
• Studio City will hold its official opening celebrations on 27 October 2015.
• Innovative attractions include an art deco façade with an iconic Golden Reel, the world’s
highest figure-8 ferris wheel, a Warner Bros.-themed family entertainment centre, the world’s
first Batman film franchise digital ride and ‘The House of Magic’ magic theatre.
• The resort features approximately 1,600 hotel guest rooms, a 5,000-seat performance arena
and a vast array of food and beverage outlets.
10
Crown holds a 34.3% interest in Melco Crown Entertainment
Artist’s impression of Studio City, opening in October 2015.
Melco Crown – City of Dreams Manila
• Melco Crown Entertainment holds a 68.8% interest in Melco Crown
(Philippines) Resorts Corporation, the operator of City of Dreams Manila.
• City of Dreams Manila is Melco Crown’s first integrated resort outside of
Macau, and held its grand opening in February 2015.
• It has approval to operate up to approximately 1,700 gaming machines,
1,700 electronic table games and 380 table games.
• The resort offers 950 guest rooms across three international hotel
brands: a six-star Crown Towers hotel, Asia’s first luxury Nobu hotel and
Hyatt City of Dreams Manila.
• City of Dreams Manila features three separate entertainment venues and
a retail boulevard.
Crown holds a 34.3% interest in Melco Crown Entertainment
11
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015 Financial Performance
Earnings were affected by weak market conditions in Macau, which impacted
Melco Crown’s result. Australian Resorts performed well, particularly Crown
Melbourne, with strong international VIP growth across both resorts.
• Crown reported a normalised net profit after tax (NPAT) of $525.5 million for the full year ended
30 June 2015, down 17.9%.
• Overall, the results for Crown’s portfolio of businesses were mixed.
• Crown’s Australian resorts achieved normalised EBITDA growth of 14.1% and normalised revenue
growth of 14.0%.
• Melco Crown’s result was the major contributor to the decline in Crown’s normalised NPAT.
• Crown’s share of Melco Crown’s normalised NPAT of $161.3 million was down $129.9 million or 44.6%.
• The decline in Melco Crown’s result was attributable to weak market conditions in Macau.
• A final dividend of 19 cps, franked to 50%, was declared bringing the total full year dividend to 37 cps.
Performance for the year ended 30 June 2015
Normalised1 revenue
Normalised expenditure
Normalised EBITDA 2
Normalised EBIT3
Normalised NPAT4 attributable to Crown
Reported NPAT before significant items5 attributable to Crown
Significant items
Reported NPAT after significant items attributable to Crown
FY15
$m
3,404.5
FY14
$m
2,935.4
%
change
16.0%
(2,579.6)
(2,152.7)
(19.8%)
824.9
562.0
525.5
446.3
(61.3)
385.0
782.7
537.8
640.0
702.5
(46.7)
655.8
5.4%
4.5%
(17.9%)
(36.5%)
(31.3%)
(41.3%)
1. Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play and significant items.
2. Normalised earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation.
3. Normalised earnings before interest and tax.
4. Net profit after tax.
5. Significant items of $61.3 million (net of tax) in 2015 consist of asset impairments relating primarily to Crown’s investment in Cannery.
Australian Resorts Normalised Revenue
Australian Resorts Normalised EBITDA
950
850
750
650
550
450
350
250
s
n
o
i
l
l
i
m
$
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
Melbourne
Perth
Melbourne
Perth
3,500
3,000
2,500
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
s
n
o
i
l
l
i
m
$
12
Crown’s Business Strategy
p
u
o
r
G
n
w
o
r
C
a
i
l
a
r
t
s
u
A
l
a
n
o
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
n
I
• Continue to improve and grow Crown’s portfolio of well-recognised, premium branded assets.
• Leverage Crown’s international operations, network, contacts and joint ventures to promote
Crown’s integrated resorts and operations.
• Optimise the value of Crown’s international investments.
• Optimise the operation of Crown Wagering and on-line social gaming operations and explore further
growth options.
• Continue to maximise the performance of Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth.
• Manage the Australian properties to achieve earnings growth targets by stimulating visitation and tightly
managing costs to improve margins.
• Progress the Crown Towers Perth project, Crown Sydney Hotel Resort project and the proposed new
hotel adjacent to Crown Melbourne to deliver value for shareholders.
• Explore further growth options in the Australian market.
• Progress the Alon Las Vegas project to deliver value for shareholders.
• Continue to maximise the performance of Crown Aspinalls.
• Continue to work with Crown’s joint venture partner in Aspers Group’s casinos to optimise performance
and drive growth.
• Develop comprehensive marketing programs.
• Explore further growth options in the international gaming market.
n • Work with Melco Crown to execute Melco Crown’s business strategy of:
w
o
r
C
o
c
e
M
– continuing to develop junket and non-junket relationships;
– maintaining the leadership position at the premium end of the market in Macau;
– building and operating VIP and mass market facilities; and
– completing the development and the successful launch of Macau Studio City.
l
Crown Resorts Limited Normalised NPAT
Head Count Australian Resorts
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
s
n
o
i
l
l
i
m
$
17,000
15,000
13,000
11,000
9,000
7,000
5,000
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
Melco Crown
Australian Resorts
Employees
Tenancy
Contractors
13
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Chief Executive Officer’s Report
Crown has put additional resources into VIP international marketing
over the last year and that has helped deliver strong growth in VIP
program play turnover of 41.8%.
Rowen Craigie
Chief Executive Officer, Crown Resorts Limited
Overview
Crown reported a normalised net profit after tax (NPAT) of
$525.5 million for the full year ended 30 June 2015, down 17.9%.
Overall, the results for Crown’s portfolio of businesses were
mixed. Crown’s Australian resorts achieved normalised EBITDA
growth of 14.1% and normalised revenue growth of 14.0%.
Melco Crown’s result was the major contributor to the decline
in Crown’s normalised NPAT. Crown’s share of Melco Crown’s
normalised NPAT of $161.3 million was down $129.9 million or
44.6%. The decline in Melco Crown’s result was attributable
to weak market conditions in Macau. Overall gross gaming
revenue across the Macau market in the year to 30 June 2015
declined 26.8%, however the rate of decline increased in the
second half, with gross gaming revenue declining 37.0% in
the six months to 30 June 2015.
Crown’s net operating cash flow for the period was $634.6
million and the Group’s net debt position (excluding working
capital cash) was $2,465.3 million.
Australian Resorts
Crown Melbourne’s results were pleasing with normalised
EBITDA up 17.8% compared to the prior comparable period,
while Crown Perth’s results were more subdued, with
normalised EBITDA up 5.3%, assisted by cost reductions.
Main floor gaming revenue increased by 6.9% at Crown
Melbourne, but only 2.6% at Crown Perth.
Crown’s August 2014 agreement with the Victorian
Government on reforms to the Melbourne Casino Licence
and associated taxation arrangements came into effect in
November 2014. The amendments included the removal of
the super tax on VIP program play at Crown Melbourne from
1 July 2014, an increase in the number of games permitted
and an extension of the Melbourne Casino Licence from 2033
to 2050.
We have put additional resources into VIP international
marketing over the last year and that has helped deliver
strong growth in VIP program play turnover of 41.8%. The
removal of the super tax on VIP program play at Crown
Melbourne and the reduction in the tax rate applicable to VIP
program play from 12% to 9% at Crown Perth, have also
allowed Crown’s Australian resorts to be more competitive
against other international destinations which target VIP
gaming players.
Normalised EBITDA from Crown Melbourne was $662.1
million, up 17.8%. Reported EBITDA for the period was
$644.6 million, up 8.6% on the previous corresponding
period. This reported EBITDA result takes into account an
adverse variance from the theoretical VIP program play result,
which had a negative EBITDA impact of $17.5 million. This
compares to a positive EBITDA impact of $31.5 million in the
previous corresponding period.
Normalised EBITDA from Crown Perth was $254.4 million, up
5.3% on the previous corresponding period. Reported
EBITDA for the period was $302.1 million, down 4.3% on the
previous corresponding period. This reported EBITDA result
takes into account a favourable variance from the theoretical
VIP program play result, which had a positive EBITDA impact
of $47.7 million. This compares to a positive EBITDA impact of
$74.1 million in the previous corresponding period.
Melco Crown Entertainment
Crown’s share of Melco Crown’s normalised NPAT for the
year to 30 June 2015 was an equity accounted profit of
$161.3 million, down $129.9 million or 44.6% on the previous
year. After adjusting for a below theoretical win rate and
pre-opening costs, Crown’s share of Melco Crown’s reported
NPAT result for the year was an equity accounted profit of
$122.0 million, down $165.6 million or 57.6%.
Macau is currently experiencing a difficult period, which has
adversely affected all casino operators. However, Melco
Crown believes that through the strong leadership from the
Macau and Chinese governments, the ongoing build-out of
significant local and regional infrastructure, together with an
expanding and increasingly affluent Chinese middle class,
Macau remains the world’s most important and exciting
gaming market over the longer term.
Studio City (in which Melco Crown has a 60% interest), Melco
Crown’s second large-scale resort in Cotai, Macau officially
opens on 27 October 2015 and is on track to meet its design
and construction budget of US$2.3 billion. The operational
and financial performance of Studio City will depend to a
large extent on the number of gaming tables allocated by the
Macau Government. Studio City International Holdings
Limited announced in August 2015 that due to the possibility
of the table allocation for Studio City’s gaming area being
lower than anticipated, it has engaged independent experts
to assist it with contingency planning.
Notwithstanding this concern, Melco Crown believes that
Studio City’s unique and diversified offerings are consistent
with the Macau Government’s objective of delivering world-
class entertainment.
14
In the Philippines, Melco Crown has an interest in City of
Dreams Manila, through a 68.8% owned subsidiary. The new
resort conducted a successful opening in February 2015 and
continues to grow revenues across all business segments. The
diverse attractions at City of Dreams Manila position it for
long-term success as Manila develops into a leading tourist
destination in Asia.
Investing for the future
Crown Towers Perth
Crown Towers Perth is proceeding on schedule, with targeted
completion by December 2016. Crown Towers will feature 500
luxury hotel rooms and suites, villas, private gaming salons,
restaurants, bars, a grand ballroom, convention centre, luxury
retail outlets, resort pool and spa facilities. Approximately
$291m of the $645m total budget has been spent through to
the end of June 2015.
Crown Sydney
Crown’s plan to develop Crown Sydney, a six-star luxury
hotel resort on Sydney Harbour at Barangaroo South, has
progressed with an expected total project cost of $2.0 billion.
Crown was granted a restricted gaming licence for Crown
Sydney by the NSW Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority
in July 2014. In May 2015, Crown finalised agreements with the
Barangaroo Delivery Authority and Lend Lease, which gives
the company the opportunity to develop the Crown Sydney
site at Barangaroo South. The Crown Sydney project
remains conditional on the granting of planning approvals.
It is envisaged that Crown Sydney will be operational from
late 2020.
Alon Las Vegas Project
Crown announced in August 2014 that a majority-owned
subsidiary had acquired a 34.6-acre vacant site on the Las
Vegas strip to develop the Alon Las Vegas project. Crown and
its partners are continuing design work on the project as well
as developing a number of funding options. We believe we
have the ideal opportunity, with the right partners, investors
and property, to progress this development and deliver value
for shareholders.
New Luxury Hotel at Crown Melbourne
To meet tourism demand at Crown Melbourne, designs are
being finalised for a new iconic luxury hotel and apartment
complex adjacent to the Crown Melbourne property. In
December 2014, Crown made an initial investment of $50
million to acquire a 50% interest in land as part of a joint
venture with the Schiavello Group. Crown Melbourne remains
our flagship resort and this project will ensure it remains the
best integrated resort in Australia and one of the best in the
world.
Crown Wagering and Online Social
Gaming Operations
Crown has invested in its wagering operations, forming
CrownBet, the only major Australian-owned corporate
bookmaker operating in this country. This new investment
followed the acquisition of the remaining 50% of Betfair from
Betfair Group PLC in August 2014. In December 2014, Crown
announced a joint venture with BetEasy, combining both the
Betfair and BetEasy sports books and subsequently
rebranding the joint venture business as CrownBet. Currently
Australia’s fastest growing bookmaker, CrownBet will be the
exclusive wagering partner of the AFL for the next five years.
Crown has also invested in online social gaming operations
through the acquisition of a 60% interest in DGN Games LLC
(DGN) in July 2015 for consideration of US$27.5 million. DGN is
a leading developer of online social games based in Austin,
Texas.
The year ahead
Crown will continue to maximise the performance of Crown
Melbourne and Crown Perth. Crown will also progress plans to
develop Crown Sydney, the Alon luxury resort in Las Vegas
and a new luxury hotel on the site adjacent to Crown
Melbourne. We will continue to optimise the value of Crown’s
international investments and to work with Melco Crown to
execute its business strategy and deliver value to our
shareholders.
I would like to sincerely thank the Board, management and all
our employees for their efforts and collaboration this year.
15
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015 Australian Resorts
Crown continued to strengthen its offer during the period with property
enhancements and initiatives across gaming, restaurants and retail.
The resorts remain the largest single-site private sector employers in their states.
Barry Felstead
CEO, Australian Resorts
Investing for the long-term
Crown is investing $2.8 billion in its Melbourne and Perth
resorts from FY11 to FY18. Our capital expenditure program
includes maintenance, refurbishments and new construction
activity to ensure these resorts remain internationally
competitive and at the forefront of luxury tourism.
To meet growing tourism demand, Crown is investing in new
hotels at both its flagship properties. These are the luxurious
Crown Towers Perth and the new luxury hotel which is being
planned as part of a joint venture with the Schiavello Group,
on a site adjacent to Crown Melbourne.
Employment Best Practice
In conjunction with the Victorian Government, Crown has
developed a bold new employment training program for
retrenched workers from industries undergoing upheaval.
Crown will provide 500 places at its award-winning training
facility Crown College offering retrenched workers,
particularly from the automotive supply chain industry, the
opportunity to reinvent their working lives.
In July 2015, James Packer, Crown Resorts CEO Rowen
Craigie, CEO of Reconciliation Australia Justin Mohamed and
Victorian Premier Daniel Andrews launched Crown Resorts’
Elevate Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) in support of our
goal for Indigenous employment. Crown Resorts is only the
thirteenth company to be awarded the Elevate status by
Reconciliation Australia from 600 companies which have
RAPs in place.
Testament to our commitment to all our employees, Crown
continues to receive awards for employment best practice. In
August 2015, the Crown Resorts Indigenous Employment
program was awarded the Community Contribution Award
and Crown Melbourne received the Employer of Choice
Award at the Australian Business Awards, both for the
second year running.
Crown Melbourne
Overview
Crown Melbourne is one of the region’s leading integrated
resorts, featuring luxury accommodation, quality dining and
shopping experiences together with world-class gaming and
entertainment facilities. It is a significant driver of tourism
within Australia, particularly in Victoria.
In the year to 30 June 2015, normalised EBITDA grew by
17.8% and normalised revenue grew by 15.7% on the
previous corresponding period. Main gaming floor revenue
grew by 6.9% for the year to $1,090.6 million while
normalised VIP program play revenue increased by 41.0% to
$706.6 million on turnover of $52.3 billion. Non-gaming
revenue grew 6.6% to $436.7 million.
Crown Melbourne continued to strengthen its offer during the
period with property enhancements and initiatives across
gaming, restaurants and retail. The resort remains Victoria’s
largest single-site private sector employer, with more than
9,400 people working on site.
Crown’s agreement with the Victorian Government on
reforms to the Melbourne Casino Licence and associated
taxation arrangements came into effect in November 2014.
The amendments included the removal of the super tax on
VIP program play at Crown Melbourne from 1 July 2014, an
increase in the number of games permitted and an extension
of the Melbourne Casino Licence from 2033 to 2050.
The reforms will help boost Victorian tourism and create new
jobs as they will allow Crown Melbourne to compete more
effectively in interstate and international markets.
For 18 years, Crown Melbourne has offered its millions of
visitors a prestigious destination at which to stay, explore and
be entertained. This year, Crown Melbourne attracted
approximately 20 million visits.
Digital and Social Media
Crown continues to invest in its digital marketing capabilities
and launched its first consumer app in August 2014. The app
is available in four languages, and downloads are in excess of
110,000 to date. Our online presence was also refreshed with
new consumer websites going live in April 2015. In addition,
Crown increased its presence on social media, including
Facebook and Instagram.
Property Update
Crown Melbourne’s success in attracting international and
interstate tourists is highlighted by the occupancy levels at
our three hotels, which are consistently over 90%. This
demonstrates a need for more hotel capacity at Crown
Melbourne to meet both current and future demand.
In December 2014, Crown announced an initial investment of
$50 million to acquire a 50% interest in land adjacent to
16
Crown Melbourne as part of a joint venture with the Schiavello
Group. Designs are being finalised for a new luxury hotel and
apartment complex on the site and the parties are in the
process of negotiating final joint venture arrangements.
The new luxury hotel managed by Crown will create hundreds
of jobs and assist Melbourne to attract more high net worth
tourists, reinforcing the city’s appeal as a destination for
important international conferences, sporting and cultural
events.
At Crown Melbourne this year, Crown commenced a
refurbishment project to the main gaming floor to create
almost 1,000 square meters of space to accommodate
additional gaming product following the Melbourne Casino
Licence reforms. This will provide a more open gaming
environment in the central and western areas, with a
strategically defined gaming floor that is better oriented to
customer flow patterns.
In other gaming area updates, the Maple Room on the main
gaming floor was expanded and three salons were added to
the Mahogany Room for VIP players, with an additional VIP
gaming salon also added to level 29 of Crown Towers.
In restaurants, we welcomed Heston Blumenthal’s famed
The Fat Duck for six months, and Gradi, by award winning
Chef Johnny Di Francesco, was added.
Crown Melbourne’s signature main atrium is undergoing
major works for the first time since opening in 1997, in line
with our vision to enhance the experience for our Australian
and international guests in a vibrant and captivating space.
The Level 1 Casino benefited from the introduction of Groove,
a live music venue that was completed in October 2014.
Crown Melbourne has also upgraded a number of its support
facilities to improve consistency in customer experience
across the resort. These include a new surveillance
monitoring room, production kitchen improvements, a lift
connection for the Riverside Room restaurant and car park
flow improvements.
Local Gaming and Crown
Signature Club
Crown Melbourne hosted its fourteenth Aussie Millions Poker
Tournament in January 2015, which is a major event on the
international poker circuit. The response from both Australian
and international customers was extremely positive.
Crown Melbourne began operating 40 additional table games
and 128 additional gaming machines during Lunar New Year
celebrations in February 2015, which have proven to be a
welcome addition to the gaming portfolio.
The Crown Signature Club continues to reward members for
patronage across the resort’s facilities with offers such as
access to VIP rooms, invitations to special events and golf at
Crown’s Capital Golf Course. The membership base has
continued to show strong growth this year.
VIP Program Play
The removal of the super tax on VIP program play at Crown
Melbourne has improved the international tax competitiveness of
Crown’s VIP business in Australia. VIP program play turnover for
the year was $52.3 billion, up 41.0% on the previous year. This is
a pleasing result given the weakened global VIP sector during
the year, which saw volume declines in many of the key gaming
markets, including Macau and Singapore.
Crown Melbourne has focused on significantly enhancing
the overall experience for VIP customers from its service
offering to unique event opportunities and the addition of
four new private gaming salons. Deepening relationships
with trusted international marketing agents has also allowed
Crown Melbourne to build volumes from this important
market segment.
17
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015 Crown Australia Resorts
Hotels, Conferences and Retail
Crown Melbourne accommodation features more than 1,600
guest rooms across its three hotels. Together, they provided
more than 850,000 guest nights during the year and again
occupancy levels consistently exceeded 90%.
Crown Towers was awarded Best Australian Hotel in the 2015
Luxury Travel magazine Gold List Awards for the second
consecutive year. It was also the recipient of the 2015
Tripadvisor Hall of Fame Award, recognising those hotels that
achieve a Certificate of Excellence for five successive years.
In addition, Crown Towers was awarded Deluxe Hotel
Accommodation of the Year at the 2015 Tourism
Accommodation Awards and Best Large Luxury Hotel in the
2015 Australian Gourmet Traveller Hotel Guide. Crown Spa
was awarded Best Luxury Hotel Spa in the Continent at the
2015 World Luxury Spa Awards.
Crown Metropol was a finalist for Australia’s Best Convention
Centre in the 2015 Spice magazine Awards.
The events and conferencing division achieved a record
revenue result in 2015 by driving occupancy in key venues
during high season to over 90% and maximising shoulder
date opportunities. This year, Asian banquet menus were
introduced, which were well received by both corporate and
private customers.
Crown Melbourne’s retail precinct continues to grow in
popularity as the home of luxury shopping in Melbourne,
featuring premium brands in fashion, accessories and fine
jewellery. The resort enhanced its luxury retail offer during the
period with store openings for watch retailer Monards,
Bensimon Diamonds and Italian designer Salvatore
Ferragamo. Once complete, the refreshed atrium will also
feature new luxury retail spaces for two premium brands to
take up residence from the end of 2015.
Restaurants and Bars
Crown Melbourne’s award winning restaurants and bars offer
patrons a wealth of choice that is unrivalled in Australia.
Famed UK chef, Heston Blumenthal, temporarily relocated his
three-Michelin-star restaurant, The Fat Duck, to Crown
Towers in February 2015 attracting much positive publicity
and overwhelming customer demand. Following its six-month
visit, the restaurant will transform into Dinner by Heston
Blumenthal, securing ongoing ties with Crown Melbourne.
Crown’s signature restaurants continue to feature strongly in
The Age Good Food Guide 2016, with Rockpool Bar & Grill,
Rosetta, Spice Temple, Bistro Guillaume and No. 8 by John
Lawson all featuring.
Overall, restaurant and bar operations continued to
strengthen, with Level 1 bars The Merrywell, Lumia, Groove
and Sports Bar, exceeding expectations. Dining options were
enhanced with the opening of Gradi in October 2014. It has
been well received, welcoming over 5,500 customers per
week. Conservatory, Nobu and Koko were Crown
Melbourne’s most successful premium restaurants, driving a
strong performance for the year.
Crown Melbourne takes its responsibilities in the provision of
Responsible Service of Alcohol (RSA) very seriously to help
ensure a safe and pleasant environment for all customers and
employees. We continue to be a leader in RSA best practice
within our industry, with a dedicated team of RSA officers
working closely with Security and relevant training programs
delivered to all employees.
Entertainment and Events
Crown Melbourne continued to provide the venues of choice
for some of Australia’s most memorable events. More than
1,800 events were booked during the year, along with over
4,000 entertainment bookings in 20 venues across the resort.
At the Palladium ballroom, the largest events included the TV
Week Logie Awards and the AFL Brownlow Medal. Key
charitable events hosted at Crown Melbourne included The
Million Dollar Lunch, Diamonds, Starry Starry Night and the
Epworth Medical Foundation Dinner. The Palladium again
hosted a number of Victoria Racing Club’s official events
during the annual Spring Racing Carnival, including the
Crown Oaks Club Ladies Luncheon and the VRC Young
Members’ End of Season Ball.
This year’s major live performances at The Palms on Level 3
included sold out seasons with Wayne Brady, Brad Garrett,
Human Nature, Cosentino, Paul Hogan and Icehouse. Also
on Level 3, Crown’s two nightclubs, Co and Therapy,
continued to feature top Australian artists every week
including Havana Brown, Joel Fletcher, Savage, the Stafford
Brothers, Ja Rule and many more.
18
Crown Melbourne also hosted Absinthe, which was
performed in a Spiegeltent on the roof top of the complex,
following several summer seasons in New York City and a
four-year residency in Las Vegas.
In 2015, Crown partnered with the Sony Foundation’s
River4Ward inaugural event, in addition to the Melbourne
Food and Wine Festival, Good Food Month and The Financial
Review’s Top 100 Restaurants for which a perspex stage was
built across the Crown Towers pool for their award event.
Crown Perth
Overview
First opened in 1985, Crown Perth has undergone a
transformation in recent years to cement its position under
the luxurious Crown brand. It is Western Australia’s premier
integrated resort with world-class convention and gaming
facilities, two award-winning hotels, spa, resort pools,
restaurants and bars, nightclub and 2,300-seat theatre.
In the year to 30 June 2015, normalised EBITDA grew by
5.3% and normalised revenue grew by 10.4% on the previous
corresponding period. Crown Perth’s domestic business
performance was impacted by the slowdown in the Western
Australian economy throughout the year. Main gaming floor
revenue grew by 2.6% for the year to $498.0 million and
non-gaming revenue grew 1.3% to $228.0 million. Cost
control across the business helped to offset the more difficult
trading conditions.
VIP program play turnover experienced strong growth
following a reduction in the tax rate applicable to VIP program
play from 12% to 9%, which has improved the international
tax competitiveness of the resort. Normalised VIP Program
Play revenue increased by 44.1% to $249.3 million on turnover
of $18.5 billion.
The international operations of our business bring a large
amount of direct and indirect tourism and economic benefits
to the State, from accommodation, retail spend, travel and
taxes and we acknowledge the support of the WA
Government on this important element of our business.
In return for a reduction in the tax rate, Crown accepted that it
would need to ensure that the Government was in a no worse
off position.
Crown Perth remains the State’s largest single-site private
sector employer, with more than 5,800 people working on
site. The resort is also a major tourist destination, this year
attracting approximately nine million visits.
Crown Towers Perth, the new $645 million six-star hotel
currently under development, will add a further dimension to
Crown Perth’s extensive offering. The project is proceeding
on schedule, with completion targeted by December 2016.
Property Update
In addition to the construction of Crown Towers Perth, Crown
Perth’s capital works program this year included the complete
refurbishment of Crown Promenade Perth’s 291 guest rooms,
lobby and business centre. The refurbishment is an integral
step in Crown Perth’s development and journey as a leading
accommodation provider in Western Australia.
The new multi-level car park opened in May 2015, significantly
improving parking availability with an additional 1,500 bays.
The multi-level car park provides convenient and direct
access to the Casino for patrons and provides a stylish
entrance to the front of the resort.
This year has also seen the successful re-launch of the Crown
Sports Bar, following refurbishment of the former Carbon Bar
space. The project featured the installation of one of the
largest high-resolution indoor sports screens in Australia, in
addition to a new bar area and corporate box with primary
viewing access.
Local Gaming and Crown Club
Slow growth in revenue from Crown Perth’s main gaming
floor reflected weak consumer sentiment in the local
economy. Growth in local gaming revenue is attributed to the
continued investment in and popularity of automated table
games, despite challenging market conditions overall.
19
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015 VIP Program Play
VIP program play turnover for the year was $18.5 billion, up
44.1%, following improved international competitiveness after
the reduction in the applicable tax rate from 12% to 9%. The
ongoing upgrade of Crown Perth also continues to capture
the attention of the region’s high-end players. Much of this
growth was driven by the North Asian market.
Significant enhancements to VIP assets in recent years,
including luxury villas, the 140-foot yacht, Infinity, and an
expanded private jet service has allowed Crown’s
international marketing team to present Crown Perth as an
attractive and compelling resort and entertainment alternative.
Hotels and Conferences
Hotel business faced difficult trading conditions in a slowing
Western Australian economy, which experienced a decline in
corporate and group travel. Crown Metropol Perth and Crown
Promenade Perth together provided 327,000 guest nights
during the year, up 2% on the previous year in difficult market
conditions. Guest nights were also impacted by Crown
Promenade Perth’s refurbishment project, which is now
complete.
On completion, Crown Towers Perth will increase hotel room
capacity at Crown Perth to nearly 1,200 guest rooms and will
offer a true six-star experience – the first of its kind in Western
Australia. It will be the largest hotel in Perth, featuring 500
luxurious guest rooms and suites, villas, private gaming
salons, restaurants and bars, a grand ballroom, convention
centre, luxury retail outlets, a large-scale resort pool and spa.
The state-of-the-art convention facilities to feature at
Crown Towers Perth have already gained much interest
from the meetings industry, with several major conventions
confirmed for 2017.
Recognising Crown Perth’s high service standards and
dedicated professionals, the Australian Hotels Association
announced in August that Crown Perth had won five major
awards in its WA Accommodation Industry Awards. These
included WA’s Best Overall Accommodation Hotel Award for
Crown Metropol Perth and WA’s Best Superior
Accommodation Award for Crown Promenade Perth. The
luxury Crown Metropol Perth was also awarded Luxury City
Hotel and Spa of the Year in the 2015 Luxury Travel Guide
Awards and its Isika Spa was awarded Best Luxury Hotel Spa
in Australia in the 2015 World Luxury Spa Awards.
This year’s refurbishment of Crown Promenade Perth
provides corporate and leisure travellers with a stylish and
modern offer that is both luxurious and affordable. Featuring
vibrant colours, luxury furnishings and contemporary finishes,
the hotel’s 4.5 star AAA rating reflects the new high standard
of accommodation.
The events and conferencing division met expectations this
year and was able to limit disruption from the Crown Towers
development. Crown Perth’s convention facilities attracted
approximately 174,500 delegates during the year, with major
conferences and functions including those from Landmark,
AMP, the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade and Enjo.
Restaurants and Bars
The launch of Crown Sports Bar in March 2015 has quickly
seen it become Perth’s favourite ‘Home of Sport’, with its
huge cinematic screens and 24/7 opening hours. A number
of celebrity guests and sports stars attended the launch
event, including Dawn Fraser, Adam Gilchrist and Steven
Bradbury, along with local sporting legends.
Crown Perth restaurants were recipients of five Gold Plate
Awards at the Catering Institute of Australia’s 2014 Gala
Awards Dinner, with the honours going to Modo Mio for
Mediterranean Casual Dining, Atrium Buffet for the Excellence
in Health and Buffet Dining Awards, in addition to Rockpool
Bar & Grill for Wine List of the Year and the Steakhouse
Award.
At the Australian Hotels Association 2015 Hotel & Hospitality
Awards for Excellence, Crown Perth was awarded WA’s Best
Premium Restaurant for Silks, WA’s Best Casual Pub Dining
for The Merrywell and WA’s Best Bar Presentation and
Service for Rockpool Bar & Grill. The Merrywell was also the
recipient of the award for WA’s Best Steak Sandwich by the
Australian Hotels Association in May 2015. In its second year
of operation, The Merrywell Food Truck continues to be
popular for both private functions and public events and
festivals, operating at the 2014 Good Food & Wine Show and
the inaugural Perth Royal Show.
Responsible Service of Alcohol (RSA) initiatives continued to
be a focus throughout the year. As a responsible industry
participant, Crown Perth has developed comprehensive RSA
policies and practices to help ensure that all guests and
employees enjoy a safe environment.
20
Entertainment and Events
Crown Perth provided venues of choice for approximately
1,400 events throughout the year, up from 1,275 events in the
previous year.
The resort hosted a number of important events including the
official dinner between Australian Prime Minister Mr Tony
Abbott and Japanese Prime Minister Mr Shinzo Abe in July
2014. It also hosted a successful Kings of the Kitchen Duke of
Edinburgh Awards event in November 2014, which was
attended by HRH Prince Edward, Earl of Wessex.
The second annual Taste of Perth food festival in May featured
returning Crown Perth restaurants Nobu, Bistro Guillaume and
Silks along with first time contender Modo Mio. Almost 9,000
dishes were served across the weekend from these kitchens.
Crown Theatre held several long running shows throughout
the year, including seasons of Grease, Les Miserables and
Wicked. Short run shows included Le Noir, Thriller and The
Illusionists 2.0 in addition to live performances from Tina
Arena, Missy Higgins, The Madden Brothers, Elmo’s World
Tour, Octonauts and Jim Jefferies Live.
Crown Perth sponsored many local events, cultural activities
and other community-based programs throughout the year,
including providing the venue for the Ronald McDonald House
Charities Ball, Styleaid for the WA AIDS Council, the Royal
Queensbury Boxing Challenge, WA Council Tourism Awards,
the West Coast Eagle’s Club Championship Awards and the
Fremantle Football Club Doig Medal Awards.
21
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015 Melco Crown Entertainment
Melco Crown believes that Macau remains the world’s
most important and exciting gaming market.
Melco Crown believes that over the long term, through strong
leadership from the Macau and Chinese governments, the
ongoing build-out of significant local and regional
infrastructure, together with an expanding and increasingly
affluent Chinese middle class, Macau remains the world’s
most important and exciting gaming market.
City of Dreams Macau
City of Dreams is an integrated casino resort in Cotai, Macau.
It is a premium focused property targeting high-end
customers and rolling chip players from regional markets
across Asia. As at 30 June 2015, City of Dreams operated
approximately 500 gaming tables and 1,200 gaming
machines.
Three exceptional hotels, Crown Towers (a Forbes Five-Star
Hotel), the Hard Rock hotel and across two towers the Grand
Hyatt Macau, together provide 1,400 guest rooms. City of
Dreams also features around 30 restaurants and bars,
approximately 70 retail outlets, banquet and meeting facilities
and recreation and leisure facilities that include health and
fitness clubs, three swimming pools, spas and salons. Other
key attractions include an audio-visual multimedia experience
and the Club Cubic nightclub.
SOHO, a new lifestyle entertainment and dining precinct located
on the second floor of City of Dreams, is attracting customers
with its wide selection of food and beverage options and other
non-gaming offerings. The House of Dancing Water Theatre, a
wet stage performance theatre with approximately 2,000 seats,
features the internationally-acclaimed and award-winning The
House of Dancing Water show.
Melco Crown is expanding the retail precinct at City of
Dreams, which is anticipated to open in the first half of 2016.
It is also in the early stages of developing a fifth hotel tower.
Overview
Melco Crown is a developer, owner and operator of integrated
resorts in Macau and the Philippines. It is a joint venture
between Crown and Melco International Development
Limited, which each hold a 34.3% equity interest. Melco
Crown is listed on the NASDAQ with a market capitalisation of
approximately US$10.7 billion as at 30 June 2015.
Weak market conditions affecting all casino operators in Macau
have adversely impacted Melco Crown’s operating and financial
results. Crown’s share of Melco Crown’s normalised NPAT was
an equity accounted profit of $161.3 million, down 44.6% on the
previous year. After adjusting for an above theoretical win rate
and pre-opening costs, Crown’s share of Melco Crown’s
reported result for the year was an equity accounted profit of
$122.0 million, down 57.6%.
In Macau, Melco Crown owns and operates two premium
properties, City of Dreams and Altira Macau, in addition to a
network of niche gaming facilities in the Mocha Clubs
business. It also holds a 60% equity interest in Studio City, an
integrated resort project in Cotai that is scheduled to open on
27 October 2015. In the Philippines, Melco Crown holds a
68.8% equity interest in the operator of City of Dreams
Manila, an integrated resort which opened in February 2015.
Macau Market Update
The Macau gaming market has been through a challenging
period. Overall gross gaming revenue across the Macau market
in the year to 30 June 2015 declined 26.8%. The rate of decline
increased in the second half with gross gaming revenue
declining 37.0% in the six months to 30 June 2015. The decline
in net revenue was primarily attributable to lower rolling chip
revenues and mass market table games revenues in Macau.
However, tourism will remain a major driver of Macau’s
economy and Macau continues to benefit from the People’s
Republic of China central and Macau governments’
development plans for the region, including improved
infrastructure, immigration policies and development of
Hengqin Island. This wide-reaching development plan is
expected to strengthen the appeal of Macau as a multi-
faceted leisure and tourist destination, offering an increasingly
expanded array of entertainment attractions and amenities to
drive long-term growth and a more diversified tourism
experience.
22
The Studio City project is funded through a combination of
equity contributions from shareholders, proceeds from the
Studio City US$825 million senior notes and a US$1.4 billion
Studio City senior secured project loan. Both of these loans
do not involve a corporate guarantee from Melco Crown.
Melco Crown is monitoring news reports and Macau
Government policies relating to gaming table allocation in
Macau. Melco Crown is mindful that the operational and
financial performance of Studio City will depend to a large
extent on the number of gaming tables allocated by the
Macau Government and Melco Crown remains concerned
about receiving materially fewer tables than it requested for
Studio City. Notwithstanding this concern, Melco Crown
believes Studio City’s unique and diversified offerings will
make it a unique asset built consistent with the Macau
Government’s objective of delivering world-class
entertainment.
Studio City Macau
Melco Crown holds a 60% interest in Macau Studio City
(Studio City), a large-scale Hollywood-inspired resort project
that is designed to deliver an unparalleled leisure
entertainment and hospitality experience. Studio City will
feature 1,600 hotel guest rooms and is on track for its grand
opening on 27 October 2015 and will meet its design and
construction budget of US$2.3 billion.
The Hollywood-themed studio-concept resort is a thrilling
new cinematic experience that is designed to be the most
diversified entertainment offering in Macau. The Art Deco
façade, complete with its iconic Golden Reel, the world’s
highest figure-8 Ferris wheel, features non-gaming
entertainment offerings such as a 4D flight simulation ride,
Batman Dark Flight; a 5,000-seat entertainment centre for live
shows and sporting events; a Warner Bros. Fun Zone family
entertainment centre; DC Comics, Hanna-Barbera
Productions and Looney Tunes entertainment franchises;
‘The House of Magic’ magic theatre; and Macau’s first
Ibiza-style nightclub Pacha Macau.
Ideally located in Cotai, close to the Lotus Bridge immigration
point connecting Hengqin Island and a future station-point for
the Macau Light Rapid Transit, Studio City will strengthen
Macau’s leisure, business and tourism proposition as a
leading visitor destination in Asia.
23
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015 TAIPAHENGQIN ISLANDGalaxy Macau IGalaxy Macau IIGalaxy MacauIII & IVLotusBridgeTo MacauInternationalAirportVenetian MacauThe Plaza MacauParisian MacauCity ofDreamsStudio CityImmigrationControl PointSandsCotaiCentralMGMWynnSJMMCE propertiesProperties under constructionProperties currently operatingPhase 1 Macau Light Rail Transit StationsMACAUCHINACHINACHINAHENGQINISLANDCOTAITAIPA Altira Macau
Altira Macau is designed to cater to Asian rolling chip
customers and players sourced primarily through gaming
promoters and features approximately 120 gaming tables.
Altira Macau offers a luxurious hotel experience with its
internationally acclaimed accommodation and guest services.
In February 2015, it was awarded the Forbes Five-Star rating
in both Lodging and Spa categories by the Forbes Travel
Guide for the sixth year running.
Mocha Clubs
Mocha Clubs comprise the largest non-casino based
operations of gaming machines in Macau. The number of
gaming machines in operation averaged approximately 1,200
during the year ended 30 June 2015.
City of Dreams Manila
Melco Crown, through its 68.8% owned subsidiary, Melco
Crown (Philippines) Resorts Corporation (MCP), has an interest
in a consortium that owns and operates City of Dreams Manila,
an integrated resort in Manila.
City of Dreams Manila has three hotels comprising Crown
Towers hotel, Nobu hotel and Hyatt City of Dreams Manila,
with approximately 950 guest rooms in total. It is located on
approximately 6.2-hectares at the gateway of Entertainment
City, Manila, close to metro Manila’s international airport and
central business district.
City of Dreams Manila conducted a successful opening in
February 2015 and continues to grow revenues across all
business segments. As at June 2015, City of Dreams Manila
operated more than 250 gaming tables and more than 1,700
gaming machines. Melco Crown reported that the rolling chip
segment (VIP Program Play) gained meaningful traction in July
2015.
City of Dreams Manila is expected to become one of the
Philippines’ leading integrated tourist resorts. The property’s
world-class array of gaming and non-gaming attractions
enables it to enjoy market-leading visitation, positioning the
resort for long-term success as Manila develops into a
leading regional tourist destination. City of Dreams Manila will
diversify Melco Crown’s exposure to the rapidly developing
Asian gaming and entertainment industry, enabling it to
further participate in the growth of the Asian middle class
and the increasing consumerism of this key market.
Capital Management
Melco Crown implemented a stock repurchase program
during the year, in which Crown and Melco International
Development Limited did not participate. As a result, Crown’s
interest in Melco Crown increased from 33.6% to 34.3% as at
30 June 2015. Melco Crown believes this capital
management strategy provides it with the mechanism to
return surplus capital efficiently, while maintaining flexibility to
fund its current operations and future development pipeline.
24
Crown Aspinalls and
other investments
Crown Aspinalls
Crown Aspinalls is an exclusive high-end London casino. It is
one of only five licensed high-end casinos in London’s prime
West End entertainment district. Nestled in the heart of Mayfair,
Crown Aspinalls offers members and guests an exciting and
opulent world of international VIP gaming, in an environment
that only London can provide.
Normalised EBITDA from Crown Aspinalls was $31.7 million,
down 9.9% on the previous period. Reported EBITDA for the
period was negative $45.3 million. This reported EBITDA result
takes into account an adverse variance from the theoretical VIP
program play result, which had a negative EBITDA impact of
$77.0 million. This compares to a negative EBITDA impact of
$10.1 million in the previous period.
Crown Wagering
CrownBet is an exciting new venture which launched this
year, with Crown building an Australian-owned business that
can compete strongly with the largely foreign-owned
competitors in our wagering industry.
Crown acquired the remaining 50% of Betfair from Betfair
Group PLC in August 2014 for consideration of $10 million,
giving it 100% ownership. In December 2014, Crown and
Australian corporate bookmaker, BetEasy, announced a joint
venture to combine the sports book business of BetEasy and
Betfair to form CrownBet.
Crown holds a 62% interest in CrownBet. By leveraging the
Integrated Resort assets of the group, we expect CrownBet
to grow into a business that is able to compete strongly with
the foreign-owned participants in the wagering industry.
CrownBet is currently Australia’s fastest growing corporate
bookmaker. CrownBet’s offering features market leading
innovative customer interfaces with the ability to watch AFL
matches and Victorian thoroughbred racing live on your mobile
device, a new pre-paid debit card product enabling customers
to instantly access their winnings, and the recently launched
CrownBet Rewards loyalty program integrated with the loyalty
programs for Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth.
CrownBet is also the exclusive wagering partner of the AFL
until the completion of the 2019 season and is the Premium
Partner of the new Seven West Media and Racing Victoria
joint venture television network, ‘Racing.com’.
The CrownBet team is led by Chief Executive Officer,
Matthew Tripp, who is backed by an experienced
management team with a proven track record of building
highly successful businesses in the wagering industry.
EBITDA from Crown’s wagering businesses, Betfair and
CrownBet, was a loss of $16.0 million. Turnover from CrownBet
continues to track in line with expectations, given the start-up
nature of the business. Significant product enhancements are
being rolled out together with rebranding and promotional
initiatives. Betfair’s results were in line with expectations.
Online Social Gaming
Crown acquired a 60% interest in online social gaming
operation DGN Games LLC (DGN) in July 2015 for
consideration of US$27.5 million. In addition, Crown has
contributed US$5 million to DGN to fund growth. DGN is
based in Austin, Texas and is a leading developer of online
social games.
Aspers Group
Crown holds a 50% equity interest in the Aspers Group,
which operates four regional casinos in the United Kingdom,
in Newcastle, Stratford, Milton Keynes and Northampton (the
latter in a joint venture with Kerzner UK Limited). Crown did
not receive a distribution of any profits or recognise any
earnings from Aspers Group during the period.
Cannery
Crown holds a 24.5% equity interest in Cannery, which is based
in the United States and has operations at the Meadows
Racetrack & Casino in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, and Cannery
Casino and East Side Cannery in Las Vegas, Nevada.
Due to the financial position of Cannery and the uncertainty
surrounding the proposed sale of The Meadows, the carrying
value of Crown’s investment in Cannery was written down to
nil during the first half, resulting in a US$45.6 million (A$55.9
million) impairment charge which has been reported as a
significant item. During the year, Crown did not receive a
distribution of any profits or recognise any earnings from
Cannery.
25
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015 Development Projects -
Crown Sydney
Sydney’s first luxury six-star hotel resort will be a landmark on
the Sydney Harbour skyline
Crown Sydney
Crown Resorts is progressing its plans to develop and
operate an iconic six-star hotel resort, including VIP gaming
facilities, at Barangaroo South in Sydney. Crown Sydney,
located on the harbour, will be the city’s first six-star hotel
resort. Crown’s plan includes 350 hotel guest rooms and
suites, luxury apartments, signature restaurants and bars,
retail outlets, pool and spa facilities, conference rooms and
VIP gaming facilities. The resort is proposed to open in late
2020.
The “iconic” status of the hotel resort is assured through the
engagement of Wilkinson Eyre, one of the world’s best
architect practices. They have designed a landmark building
that will be instantly recognisable around the world and will
complement Sydney icons like the Sydney Harbour Bridge
and the Sydney Opera House.
Following the passing of legislation by the NSW Parliament in
November 2013 to enable the issue of a restricted gaming
licence at the Crown Sydney site at Barangaroo South, the
Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority issued a restricted
gaming licence to Crown for Crown Sydney in July 2014. In
May 2015, Crown finalised agreements with the Barangaroo
Delivery Authority and Lend Lease, which give Crown the
opportunity to develop the Crown Sydney site at Barangaroo
South. The Crown Sydney project remains conditional upon
receipt of planning approvals.
To give effect to our commitment to the New South Wales
(NSW) Government on providing luxury facilities to VIP
gaming customers at Crown Sydney, Crown will acquire an
interest in the luxury amenities at Ellerston in the Hunter
Valley, NSW. Crown announced in August 2015 that it has
reached agreement in principle with the Consolidated Press
Holdings Group to acquire a 50% interest in part of the
property and operations at Ellerston for $60 million. Our
interest will include luxury accommodation, one of Australia’s
best golf courses, a go-cart track, cinema and several
swimming pools but remains subject to the completion of
long form sale and subdivision documentation.
Crown Sydney will deliver significant and unique benefits for
the people of NSW, boosting employment, business
investment, export income and state revenue. It will also
assist Sydney attract a larger share of the booming outbound
Asian tourism market.
Artist’s impressions of Crown Sydney. The development of Crown Sydney remains
conditional on the granting of all necessary planning approvals
26
Development Projects -
Crown Sydney
Development Projects -
Alon Las Vegas
Our investment in Las Vegas will expand Crown’s presence as a leading
global operator and complements our expansion in Australia and Asia.
Resorts World
Las Vegas -
Genting Development
Alon Las Vegas
Wynn Las Vegas
Encore
Treasure Island
The Palazzo
The Venetian
Las Vegas
The Mirage
Caesar’s Palace
The Bellagio
Alon Las Vegas
Crown announced in August 2014 that a majority-owned
subsidiary had acquired a 34.6-acre vacant site on the Las
Vegas strip to develop the Alon Las Vegas project. Crown
and its partners are continuing design work on the project as
well as developing a number of funding options.
The Las Vegas market is undergoing a resurgence and
Crown believes it has the ideal opportunity, with the right
local partner in Co-Chairman and CEO of Alon, Andrew
Pascal, financial support from Oaktree Capital Management
and what is considered to be the best piece of undeveloped
land on the Las Vegas strip.
Former President and COO of Wynn Las Vegas, Andrew
Pascal is an accomplished entrepreneur and business leader
with more than 20-years’ experience in the luxury hospitality
and leisure entertainment industries. During that time, he
founded and built businesses that delivered innovative
solutions to the land-based and digital casino industries.
Andrew has worked extensively in both Las Vegas and the
San Francisco Bay Area and he brings to this new resort
venture a unique blend of entrepreneurial passion, creative
insight, and operating discipline.
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
27
Corporate Social Responsibility
Crown has a long-standing commitment to the communities in which it
operates. Crown’s community partnerships, employee volunteering and
support for not-for-profit organisations all underpin Crown’s commitment
to building a stronger community.
Our People
Crown is recognised as one of Australia’s leading
employers. Our learning and development programs at
Crown College, our Indigenous Employment Program and
our disability employment program are all considered best
practice, leading the way for other Australian workplaces.
Crown’s Australian resorts remain the largest single-site
private sector employers in their states, with more than
15,000 people working at Crown Melbourne and Crown
Perth in over 700 different roles.
In 2015, Crown College provided approximately 385,000
hours of training to employees in Melbourne and Perth.
Significantly, since inception, Crown has graduated over
7,300 apprentices and trainees.
To make learning and development more accessible to
employees, Crown invested in a new Learning Management
System and a new Contractor Management System.
Crown is active in its responsibility to provide employment
opportunities for Aboriginals and Torres Strait Islanders
through its best practice Indigenous Employment Program
and we were proud to employ our 450th Indigenous
employee in August 2015. In recognition of our Indigenous
Employment Program, Crown was awarded the Community
Contribution Award at the 2015 Australian Business Awards
for the second consecutive year.
In July 2015, Crown launched its second Reconciliation
Action Plan (RAP) in support of its goal for Indigenous
employment. Crown is one of only thirteen companies out of
600 to be awarded Elevate status for its RAP by
Reconciliation Australia, recognising our work towards real
change.
CROWNability was launched across Crown’s Australian
properties to support Crown’s strategy to provide an
employment pathway for people with disability and builds on
Crown’s commitment to building and maintaining a diverse
workforce. The launch of CROWNability coincided with the
International Day of People with Disability where Crown also
proudly announced that Kurt Fearnley, the acclaimed
Para-Olympian and marathon champion, would be the
official CROWNability Ambassador.
Working closely with Disability Employment Service
providers, job opportunities have been created across a
range of occupations, with 76 people being employed under
the program by the end of the financial year.
Crown’s commitment to diversity and inclusion has been
solidified by Crown Resorts CEO Rowen Craigie joining the
Victorian chapter of the Male Champions of Change. The
Male Champions of Change is a high-profile group of Chief
Executive Officers of local, national and global
organisations, who are committed to advancing gender
equality across Australian organisations and in the
community. Through this new membership, Crown will
continue to explore strategies to reduce gender inequality in
Australian workplaces.
Responsible Gaming
Crown Resorts is proud of its long-standing commitment to
the Responsible Service of Gaming and has led the way
with many responsible gaming initiatives. These include the
establishment of the Responsible Gaming Support Centre in
2002 at Crown Melbourne, followed by the Responsible
Gambling Information Centre in 2009 at Crown Perth, and
the introduction of the Play Safe Limits Program, Crown’s
voluntary time and loss limit setting program.
The Responsible Gaming Centres at both Australian resorts
provide the focal point for customers seeking assistance
with their gambling behaviours. Both centres provide
information about responsible gaming programs and
28
services, which are free, confidential and available 24 hours
a day, seven days a week. Both centres offer a Self-
Exclusion program (where customers can ban themselves
from the casino gaming floor) and information about and
assistance with the Crown Play Safe Limits Program.
Fundamental to achieving its responsible gaming
commitment is staff training. This commences for all
employees on their first day as part of the Induction
Program. The Induction session is facilitator led, and is
followed by further Responsible Service of Gaming training
delivered online. Relevant staff will complete this training as
a refresher every two years. Training focuses on legislative
compliance and Crown policies, the identification of
observable signs that a customer may be experiencing
difficulty with their gambling and how to direct the customer
to appropriate support services.
Information about responsible gaming is widely available at
both Australian resorts. This includes responsible gaming
brochures at Loyalty Program information desks and other
locations throughout the casino gaming floor, at
Responsible Gaming Centres, as well as information on
Kiosks and plasma screens located throughout the casino
gaming floor. Each Crown resort also operates a
Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct, which is
advertised and easily available.
Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth engage with external
gambling help service providers in their respective states, as
well as continuing regular contact with other community
welfare organisations.
The Crown Resorts Board Responsible Gaming Committee,
chaired by independent Director, Professor John Horvath,
AO, continues to meet regularly to review and monitor
responsible gaming programs and promote awareness of
responsible gaming issues.
Community
Crown continues to be proactive in supporting the
communities in which it operates. Crown’s community
partnerships, employee volunteering opportunities and
support of not-for-profit community organisations have the
potential to inspire positive change.
A feature of Crown’s community commitment is its
partnerships with a broad range of leading charities and
community services organisations. Crown’s support comes
in many different forms. At a resort level, Crown Melbourne
and Crown Perth host and support many events that
promote and fundraise for charitable organisations. Crown
employees also enthusiastically volunteer their time to
support a wide range of causes.
Crown also looks across its business for opportunities to
broaden the scope of support to its community partners.
This year, in partnership with the Crown Resorts
Foundation, the South Sydney Rabbitohs and the
Melbourne Storm, the Crown Resorts Charity Cup was
again held with all funds raised going to Ovarian Cancer
Australia.
Employees supported and donated personally to various
charity appeals: blankets and warm clothing for the
Anglicare Winter Appeal; gifts and food items to the St
Vincent de Paul Christmas Appeal; and chocolates, eggs
and sweet treats for families in need over Easter through
The Salvation Army. Significantly, more than 30,000 meals
were donated to Foodbank Western Australia.
29
Various internal departments also organise their own
fundraising events for charities such as the Cancer Council,
the Nepal earthquake victims, the Father Bob Maguire
Foundation, Foodbank Western Australia, Melbourne City
Mission, Oxfam, the Ovarian Cancer Research Foundation
and the Ballarat Wildlife Park.
Crown’s Australian Resorts CEO, Barry Felstead, for the
6th year running, participated in the St Vincent de Paul CEO
Sleepout in Perth, and raised over $148,000 towards their
homeless services.
The annual Crown Autumn Ladies Lunch was held in
Sydney to raise awareness and funds for organisations
which support victims of domestic violence. Australian of
the Year 2014, Rosie Batty, spoke and almost $150,000 was
raised for DV Connect, Catherine House, the Luke Batty
Foundation and Safe Space.
Environment
This year saw a further increase in environmental action
across Crown’s Australian resorts, as we continue to work
towards being a leader in sustainable business practice in
the gaming and entertainment industry. Focusing on three
major areas - energy efficiency, water conservation and
waste reduction – we have implemented several programs
to reduce our environmental impact.
Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth work together to
develop and implement strategies for both properties that
will reduce the environmental impact and contribute to
developing more sustainable practices. Our Environment
Committees have representatives from each major business
unit from both properties focusing on numerous energy,
water and waste management initiatives.
Crown’s resource monitoring and reporting systems
continued to provide live data to relevant business units
highlighting their electricity, gas and water consumption
throughout both resorts. The systems provide each
business unit with daily, weekly and monthly reports that
show time-of-use data, so that resource savings
opportunities can be identified and the effectiveness of
programs can be monitored.
Crown’s environmental sustainability online training module
continues to work to reduce the environmental footprint of
all staff and contractors working at both properties.
Incorporating the latest in interactivity and behavioural
change concepts to ensure optimal uptake from
participants, the training module won the Gold Award for
Best eLearning Design at the annual LearnX Awards in
June 2015.
In addition to our internal programs, Crown participated in a
number of externally organised programs, including the global
Earth Hour when we turned off all non-essential lighting,
Clean-up Australia Day and the Carbon Disclosure Project (for
the sixth year running).
Despite an increase in business activity, this year Crown
achieved reductions in greenhouse gas emissions intensity
of 3.9% per area and 2.4% per $EBITDA, a decrease in
water consumption of 0.6% and an increase in recycling
rates of 64%.
CSR Report
Crown’s 2015 Corporate Social Responsibility Report will be
published later in 2015, and contains more detail and
specific data on all the above areas.
GHG (t CO2-e)
GHG (t CO2-e)
GHG (t CO2-e)
GHG (t CO2-e/m2)
GHG (t CO2-e/m2)
GHG (t CO2-e/m2)
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.20
0.20
0.20
GHG (kg CO2-e/$EBITDA)
GHG (kg CO2-e/$EBITDA)
GHG (kg CO2-e/$EBITDA)
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.20
0.20
0.20
200000
200000
200000
150000
150000
150000
100000
100000
100000
199,921 194,690 188,382 174,740 177,639
199,921 194,690 188,382 174,740 177,639
199,921 194,690 188,382 174,740 177,639
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.296
0.296
0.285
0.296
0.285
0.275
0.285
0.275
0.260
0.275
0.260
0.250
0.260
0.250
0.250
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.285
0.285
0.264
0.285
0.264
0.239
0.264
0.239
0.192
0.239
0.192
0.188
0.192
0.188
0.188
50000
50000
50000
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.05
0.05
0.05
0
FY11
FY11
FY12
FY11
FY12
FY13
FY12
FY13
FY14
FY13
FY14
FY15
FY14
FY15
FY15
0.00
0.00
0.00
FY11
FY11
FY12
FY11
FY12
FY13
FY12
FY13
FY14
FY13
FY14
FY15
FY14
FY15
FY15
0.00
0.00
0.00
FY11
FY11
FY12
FY11
FY12
FY13
FY12
FY13
FY14
FY13
FY14
FY15
FY14
FY15
FY15
Greenhouse Gas emissions are calculated using factors stipulated under the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting (NGER) Act 2007.
0
0
30
The Crown Resorts Foundation
The Crown Resorts Foundation, in partnership with the
Packer Family Foundation, is allocating over ten years a $200 million
National Philanthropic Fund.
As a major long-term initiative, the Crown Resorts
Foundation is the philanthropic arm of Crown and works in
partnership with Crown Melbourne, Crown Perth and the
Packer Family Foundation.
The Crown Resorts Foundation supports a wide range of
programs that promote community engagement, creativity
and positive cultural identity. Many of the programs are
focused on educational outcomes to provide young
Australians with the opportunities they need to learn, grow
and be confident in themselves and their ability to succeed.
This year was the first full year of the Crown Resorts and
Packer Family Foundation’s National Philanthropic Fund.
This $200 million fund, comprising a $100 million National
Arts Fund and a $100 million Community Partnerships and
Indigenous Education Fund, is to be allocated over ten
years, beginning in financial year 2015.
Improving the accessibility and
availability of the arts across
Australia
The National Arts Fund aims to improve the accessibility and
availability of the arts to young Australians. It recognises the
ability of the arts to cross divides and be responsive and
relevant to community, providing important cultural and
social access points for all participants.
In February 2015, the Crown Resorts Foundation partnered
with the 2015 Perth International Arts Festival to present the
headline attraction, Royal De Luxe’s The Giants. The Giants
was a public art performance staged over three days on the
streets of Perth. The performance attracted over 1.4 million
visitors and was the largest public event ever in Perth.
In Melbourne, the Foundation announced key partnerships
with the Melbourne Theatre Company’s Sharing the Light
program, the Melbourne Symphony Orchestra’s ACCESS
program, the McClelland Sculpture Park and Gallery’s
education program, the Arts Centre Melbourne’s First Call
Fund program and also the MPAVILION. All of these
programs are focused on providing arts experiences and
subsidised access to disadvantaged young people and
families.
Western Sydney Arts Initiative
The National Arts Fund encompasses the Western Sydney
Arts Initiative, a $30 million 10-year commitment to support
and promote the arts in Western Sydney. This year, the first
allocations were made to more than 30 successful
recipients. The programs selected for funding will enhance
Western Sydney’s arts capacity – making art, in its many
forms, more available to the youth of Western Sydney. From
programs that support the pursuit of artistic excellence to
programs that use art as a vehicle to engage with
marginalised youth – all build on Western Sydney’s dynamic
creative culture.
Strengthening Communities and
Indigenous Education
Opportunities
The Community Partnerships and Indigenous Education
Fund provides financial support for key community
organisations with a particular objective of empowering
young Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders through
education. This Fund supports programs that provide some
of Australia’s most marginalised youth with the belief and
confidence to grow and succeed. These programs are
focused on promoting education opportunities, life skills and
ultimately employment prospects of young Australians.
31
Supporting Key Community Organisations
The Foundation has partnered with a broad range of leading
charities and community services organisations to support
the delivery of services to homeless, vulnerable and
marginalised Australians. In Victoria, two key Foundation
community partners are The Salvation Army’s Project 614
and the Father Bob Maguire Foundation. Both organisations
provide support and assistance to the homeless and
vulnerable of Melbourne.
This year, Gretel Packer, Chair of the Crown Resorts
Foundation’s Advisory Board, participated in the St Vincent
de Paul CEO Sleepout to raise awareness about the
prevalence and key causes of homelessness in Australia.
She chose to do the Sleepout in Melbourne and was the
number one fundraiser in Australia, raising over $200,000
for St Vincent de Paul Victoria to continue its valuable
support of those at risk of, and who are, homeless.
In Western Australia, the Foundation again provided major
support for the Channel 7 Telethon, committing $2.5 million
in support of child health services.
Improving Indigenous Education
Opportunities
The Foundation partners with organisations working to
eliminate disadvantage experienced by Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander people through the promotion of
education. These organisations work with parents and
communities to establish environments where trust and
security enable children to thrive, while benefiting from a
consistent school-based education.
Early childhood and pre-school programs are considered a
priority as they are an essential stepping stone to effective
primary school years, which give children and their parents
the confidence and belief in the possibility of success.
The aim is to achieve regular school attendance throughout
primary and secondary schooling, which will lead to formal
tertiary education or other training, and ultimately result in
satisfying and stable employment.
Each program is unique in its focus and means of delivery,
but all play an important role in helping to educate young
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Australians. The
Foundation’s Indigenous Education partners operate all over
Australia and include the Australian Indigenous Education
Foundation, the Australian Indigenous Mentoring
Experience, the Australian Literacy and Numeracy
Foundation, the Aurora Indigenous Education Foundation,
the Exodus Foundation, the Clontarf Foundation, the Former
Origin Greats ARTIE Academy, the National Centre for
Indigenous Excellence and the National Rugby League’s
Indigenous All Stars team.
Engaging Employees with our
Community Partners
To broaden the scope of support available to the
Foundation’s partners and recognising the benefits of a
strong employee involvement platform, an employee
engagement plan has been developed to provide Crown
employees the opportunity to engage with community
partners.
To help steer this program, an Employee Advisory
Committee (EAC) was established in August 2014. The EAC
is made up of employees who have demonstrated their
commitment to the not-for-profit sector by volunteering their
own time in support of various organisations.
32
Corporate GovernanCe Statement
Corporate Governance Statement
The Crown Resorts Limited Board is committed to the
implementation and maintenance of good corporate
governance practices. This Statement sets out the extent
to which Crown Resorts Limited (Crown) has followed the
best practice recommendations set by the ASX Corporate
Governance Council (the Principles and
Recommendations) during the twelve month period
ending 30 June 2015. The disclosures in this Statement
respond to the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s third
edition of its Corporate Governance Principles and
Recommendations.
Crown Board Committees
To assist in carrying out its responsibilities, the Crown
Board has established the following Committees:
Committees
Current Members
Audit & Corporate
Governance
Corporate Social
Responsibility
Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for
management and oversight
Functions reserved for the Board and Senior
management
Finance
Investment
Functions reserved for the Board
The Board is responsible for guiding and monitoring
Crown on behalf of its shareholders. In addition, the Board
(in conjunction with management) is responsible for
identifying areas of significant business risk and ensuring
arrangements are in place to adequately manage those
risks.
The Board has adopted a formal Board Charter which
sets out a list of specific functions which are reserved for
the Board.
Nomination and
Remuneration
Occupational Health
& Safety
Responsible Gaming
Board appointments are made pursuant to formal terms of
appointment.
Risk Management
Benjamin Brazil (Chair)
Rowena Danziger
Michael Johnston
Helen Coonan (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
John Horvath
Harold Mitchell
Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Benjamin Brazil
Michael Johnston
James Packer (Chair)
John Alexander
Rowen Craigie
Robert Rankin
Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
John Horvath
Harold Mitchell
Rowena Danziger (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
John Horvath
Michael Johnston
John Horvath (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger
Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger
More information
A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available
at: www.crownresorts.com.au under the heading
Corporate Governance – Charters.
Functions delegated to Senior executives
Crown’s senior executives have responsibility for matters
which are not specifically reserved for the Board (such as
the day-to-day management of the operations and
administration of Crown).
Each Committee has adopted a formal Charter that
outlines its duties and responsibilities.
More information
A full copy of each of the Crown Committee
Charters is available at: www.crownresorts.com.au
under the heading Corporate Governance
– Charters.
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
33
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Corporate GovernanCe Statement CONTINUED
Director probity reviews and elections
Every appointment of a Crown director is subject to
receipt of necessary regulatory approvals.
The gaming industry is highly regulated and each of the
casinos in which Crown has an interest is subject to
extensive regulation under the laws, rules and regulations
of the jurisdiction where it is located.
Officers, Directors and certain key employees of Crown
licensed subsidiaries must file applications with relevant
gaming authorities and may be required to be licensed in
certain jurisdictions. These investigations generally
concern the responsibility, financial stability and character
of the owners, managers and persons with financial
interest in gaming operations and generally include
requirements to obtain Police Checks and credit checks
and undergo fingerprinting.
A director will only be formally appointed once all
necessary regulatory approvals have been obtained. As a
separate exercise, Crown undertakes its own internal
investigations on the suitability of nominated directors as a
pre-condition to a recommendation to the board to
appoint a director.
The Company’s Constitution requires that an election of
directors must take place each year. In addition, directors
appointed to fill casual vacancies during the year, must
retire from office at the next annual general meeting
following his or her appointment but are eligible for
re-election by shareholders at that time. The Notice of
Meeting for an Annual General Meeting sets out the
background for the election and re-election of directors,
informs shareholders where they can find background
information on the skills and experience of the relevant
director and provides a recommendation of the board in
relation to the proposed election or re-election.
Accordingly, security holders are provided with all material
information in Crown’s possession relevant to a decision
on whether or not to elect or re-elect a director.
More information
Copies of Crown’s past and present Notices of
Meeting are available at: www.crownresorts.com.
au under the heading Investors & Media – Annual
Reports.
Director agreements
Crown directors are provided with an induction pack upon
appointment which, among other things, includes a letter
agreement setting out the terms of that director’s
appointment. The letter agreement, which directors must
countersign, describes when the appointment
commences and when it ends, sets out the director’s
powers and duties, sets out agreed remuneration
arrangements and obliges the director to comply with all
Crown Policies, Procedures and Codes of Conduct.
In addition, the letter agreement requires the director to
enter into a separate undertaking to inform Crown of any
interests that director may have in securities (and
contracts relevant to securities) so that Crown is able to
comply with its disclosure requirements under Listing Rule
3.19A to provide ASX with completed Appendices 3X, 3Y
and 3Z within the time period allowed by the Listing Rules.
Company Secretary accountability
The company secretary is accountable directly to the
board, through the Chair, on all matters to do with the
proper functioning of the board. The decision to appoint
or remove a company secretary must be made or
approved by the board.
The role of the company secretary is set out in the Crown
Board Charter and includes:
• advising the board and its committees on governance
matters;
• monitoring that board and committee policy and
procedures are followed;
• coordinating the timely completion and despatch of
board and committee papers;
• ensuring that the business at board and committee
meetings is accurately captured in the minutes; and
• helping to organise and facilitate the induction and
professional development of directors.
More information
A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available
at: www.crownresorts.com.au under the heading
Corporate Governance – Charters.
Diversity policy
Crown has established a policy concerning diversity and
disclosed its policy on its website. The policy includes
requirements for the Board to establish measurable
objectives for achieving gender diversity and for the Board
to assess annually both the objectives and progress in
achieving them.
In accordance with the policy, Crown has established the
measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set
out below. An assessment of Crown’s progress in
achieving those objectives has also been included.
Except where specifically noted, these objectives have
been set in relation to employees of Crown Resorts
Limited, Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth groups.
Going forward, Crown’s other wholly owned businesses
will also be included in the reports.
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
34
Objective
Crown’s Progress
1. To require that at least one
Crown Resorts – operating across both Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth
female candidate is presented on
candidate short lists for all Senior
Management and Senior Executive
positions within the group for
which a recruitment process is
undertaken.
Five senior positions operating across both properties were filled during FY15.
Of the five positions, four were filled by a female. The one role not filled by a
female had no female shortlisted as no suitable female candidate was
available.
Crown Melbourne Limited
Three recruitment processes for senior managers and senior executive
positions were undertaken. Of those three positions, at least one female
candidate was shortlisted, and two of the positions were filled by a female.
Crown Perth
During FY15, one senior manager position was filled via internal movement,
whereby a female was appointed into the role.
2. To increase the number of female
participants in leadership and
development programs across the
group so that by 2015 females
represent at least 45% of all
participants.
Crown Melbourne Limited
During FY15, Crown Melbourne saw a significant growth in the number of
females participating in its leadership and development programs, having
exceeded its target with 46.6% female participation out of the 193 total
participants.
3. To incorporate a targeted
mentoring program for women
into existing group leadership and
development programs.
4. To conduct a review on an annual
basis of the remuneration for key
roles within the group to ascertain
the existence of any gender pay
gaps and to implement action
plans to address any such gaps.
Crown Perth
Crown Perth underwent a review of its leadership and development programs
during FY15. As a result all programs were put on hold, with the intention to
recommence in FY16.
Crown concluded a project in FY15 to scope a targeted mentoring program,
and has since developed this to be launched across both Crown Melbourne
and Crown Perth properties during FY16.
In FY15, the establishment and roll-out of Crown’s Australian Resorts
Classification Framework was completed to optimise the approach to pay
decisions, and to harmonise the distinction between career and salary levels
across Crown properties.
The new framework provides:
– A rigorous framework that delivers defensible pay outcomes;
– A consistent application of logic, recognising relativities across positions to
ensure the establishment and maintenance of internal pay equity, ensuring
like for like consistency, regardless of demographic variables like gender,
age, and tenure; and
– A system which not only supports pay outcomes, but also identifies
career, training and associated development pathways within Crown.
Within this new framework, Crown conducted a review on key roles within
the group, specifically the top grade levels, which encompass the Business
Operation Teams and Executives.
In some areas the initial review suggested there may have been a gender
pay gap within a grade level, although after further analysis it was
recognised that at each grade level there were roles that spanned across
varying markets. Having then adjusted for these markets, it indicated there
were no significant gender pay gaps.
Crown will continue to monitor and maintain vigilance on gender pay equity
and focus on ensuring female representation in all areas of the business,
including areas where the market attracts a higher salary.
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
35
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Corporate GovernanCe Statement CONTINUED
The proportion of women employees in the group, women in senior executive positions and women on the Board as at
30 June 2015 is as follows:
Measure
Result
Proportion of women employees in the group: There were 4,996 women in the group. This represents 42% of the
total workforce of 11,819 employees.
Proportion of women in senior executive
positions in the group:
There were 24 women in senior executive positions in the group.
This represents 22% of senior positions in the group.
Proportion of women on the Board:
There are currently two women out of 12 directors, or 17%.
At 30 June 2015 there were two women out of 11 directors on the
Crown Board.
Crown’s Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has
been delegated responsibility for developing and
monitoring the application of Crown’s Diversity Policy.
Accordingly, the Audit & Corporate Governance
Committee adopted the following revised Gender
Objectives with effect from 1 July 2015:
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
1. To require that at least one female candidate is
presented on candidate short lists for all Senior
Management and Senior Executive positions within the
group for which a recruitment process is undertaken.
2. To maintain the level of female participation in
leadership and development programs (which
incorporate targeted mentoring/coaching elements)
across the group at no less than 45% of all
participants. (Modified Objective.)
3. To conduct a review on an annual basis of the
remuneration for key roles within the group to
ascertain the existence of any gender pay gaps and to
implement action plans to address any such gaps.
4. To participate in the Male Champions of Change
program and to implement relevant actions arising out
of that program. (New Objective.)
5. To identify and implement development plans for high
potential women for career progression as part of the
company’s succession planning processes and to
ensure that these development plans are reviewed
annually by the CEO. (New Objective.)
A report on progress against these objectives will be
provided in the 2016 Corporate Governance Statement.
More information
A full copy of Crown’s Diversity Policy is available
at: www.crownresorts.com.au under the heading
Corporate Governance – Policies.
As noted above, Crown’s Diversity Policy requires that
Crown review its Gender Objectives annually to ensure
that they remain relevant and appropriate for Crown. The
Audit & Corporate Governance Committee formally
reviewed the objectives and resolved that that for FY16
Objectives 2 and 3 be combined and modified to:
• recognise that leadership and development programs
include a mentoring element; and
• include a requirement to now maintain participation
leadership and development programs at the 45%
level, given that the target has been achieved across
the group.
In addition, it was resolved that additional objectives be
added which recognise Crown’s participation in the Male
Champions of Change program and its succession
planning processes.
The Male Champions of Change strategy centres on
creating a group of influential men who work together to
advance gender equality within their organisations and
more broadly across society.
The Victorian Equal Opportunity and Human Rights
Commissioner invited 22 Victorian male CEOs and other
high profile men from business, politics, government and
academia to form the Victorian Male Champions of
Change (MCC). Crown’s CEO, Rowen Craigie, is one of
the CEOs to accept this invitation.
To enable the MCCs to develop a deep insight into the
barriers that need to be tackled within each of their
organisations and broader society, each Male Champion
has been conducting a series of focus groups – known as
Listen and Learn sessions. The objective of these sessions
is to enable the Male Champions of Change to:
• Identify cultures and conditions which enable women to
thrive, and
• Generate bold and innovative ideas to assist with this.
36
process for evaluating performance of the
Board, its Committees and its Directors
A performance evaluation of the Board and of its
Committees is undertaken annually, following completion
of each financial year, by way of a questionnaire sent to
each Director.
The questionnaire covers the role, composition,
procedures and practices of the Board and its
Committees. The individual responses to the
questionnaire are confidential to each Director, with
questionnaire responses to be provided to the Chairman
of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee for his
consideration and provision of a report to the Board.
Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee also
has delegated responsibility for reviewing Crown’s
procedure for the evaluation of the performance of the
Board, its Committees and its Directors.
An evaluation of the Board and its Committees took place
following the end of the financial year and in accordance
with the processes described above.
process for evaluating performance of Senior
executives
Crown has established processes for evaluating the
performance of its senior executives. In summary, each
senior executive is evaluated against the achievement of
pre-agreed performance objectives. The evaluation
process is conducted annually and is followed by the
determination of appropriate remuneration of the relevant
senior executive.
Detailed information regarding Crown’s remuneration
practices is provided in the Remuneration Report. An
evaluation of senior executives took place following the
end of the financial year and in accordance with the
processes described in the Remuneration Report.
Principle 2: Structure the board to
add value
nomination and remuneration Committee
Crown has established a Nomination and Remuneration
Committee. The Nomination and Remuneration
Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its
duties and responsibilities.
The current members of the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee are Geoffrey Dixon (Chair), John
Horvath and Harold Mitchell who are each independent,
Non-Executive Directors. Information about each
Committee member’s qualifications and experience is set
out in the Directors’ Statutory Report. Information
regarding the number of times the Committee met
throughout the period and the individual attendances of
the members at those meetings has also been provided in
the Directors’ Statutory Report.
The role of the Committee is to assist the Board to
develop, maintain and implement policies in relation to:
1.
the selection and appointment practices for directors;
and
2.
the remuneration of directors and relevant executives.
Selection, appointment and development of directors
The role of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee
includes to:
• review Crown Resorts’ procedure for the selection and
appointment of new directors (Selection Procedure)
and make appropriate recommendations to the Board
in relation to the Selection Procedure;
• implement the Selection Procedure and make
nomination recommendations to the Board;
• develop succession plans in order for the Board to
maintain appropriate experience, expertise and
diversity;
• review Crown Resorts’ procedure for the evaluation of
the performance of the Board, its Committees and its
directors and be primarily responsible for the
implementation of the evaluation process; and
• implement a plan for enhancing director competencies
and ensure that an effective induction process is in
place for new directors.
The Selection Procedure requires that in the event that a
new director appointment is required, the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee (on behalf of the Board) must
adhere to procedures including the following:
• the experience and skills appropriate for an appointee,
having regard to those of the existing Board and likely
changes to the Board will be considered;
• upon identifying a potential appointee, specific
consideration will be given to that candidate’s:
– competencies and qualifications;
– independence;
– other directorships and time availability; and
– the effect that their appointment would have on the
overall balance and composition of the Board
including by reference to the Crown Board Skills
Matrix adopted from time to time; and
• finally, all existing Board members must consent to the
proposed appointment.
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
37
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Corporate GovernanCe Statement CONTINUED
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee also has responsibility for reviewing the Board Skills Matrix on an annual
basis to ensure it remains consistent with the objectives of Crown Resorts and existing regulatory requirements and
recommendations.
remuneration of directors and relevant executives
The role of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee also includes:
1.
the review and recommendation of appropriate Directors’ fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors; and
2. consideration of remuneration policies to be applied to executives, including any equity-based remuneration plan that
may be considered, subject to shareholder approval (where required).
Following the end of the financial year, the Committee has reviewed and approved:
• the remuneration for senior executives which will apply during the financial year ending 30 June 2016; and
• the short term bonus payments made to senior executives referable to the financial year ending 30 June 2015.
A summary of current remuneration arrangements is set out more fully in the Remuneration Report. The objective of
Crown’s remuneration policy is to ensure that:
• senior executives are motivated to pursue the long-term growth and success of Crown; and
• there is a clear relationship between senior executives’ performance and remuneration.
Board Skills matrix
As noted above, the Selection Procedure for director nomination was amended as at 30 June 2015 to require that the
Nomination and Remuneration Committee (on behalf of the Board) consider the effect any proposed director candidate
would have on the overall balance and composition of the Board including by reference to the Crown Board Skills Matrix
adopted from time to time.
The Crown Board has adopted the following Board Skills Matrix which sets out the mix of skills and diversity that the Board
is looking to achieve in its membership. The Board Skills Matrix highlights the key skills and experience of the Board and
the extent to which those skills are currently represented on the Board and on each of its Committees.
Skill / Competency
Total Number of Directors
Executive Experience
Experience in senior positions at executive levels.
Strategic Planning and Execution
Ability to develop and implement successful strategy
and deliver agreed strategic planning goals.
Risk Management
Experience in the oversight and management of ma-
terial business risk including Board Risk Management
Committee membership.
Financial Acumen
Senior executive or equivalent experience in financial
accounting and reporting, capital management,
industry taxation, internal financial controls and
corporate financing arrangements.
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
&
t
i
d
u
A
y
t
i
l
i
b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
R
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
l
a
i
c
o
S
3
3
3
2
2
4
3
4
2
0
e
c
n
a
n
i
F
3
3
3
2
3
d
r
a
o
B
12
11
12
7
6
t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
I
4
4
4
3
2
&
n
o
i
t
a
n
m
o
N
i
n
o
i
t
a
e
n
u
m
e
R
l
a
n
o
i
t
a
p
u
c
c
O
&
h
t
l
a
e
H
y
t
e
f
a
S
e
l
b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
R
i
g
n
m
a
G
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
k
s
i
R
3
2
3
2
2
4
4
4
3
2
3
2
3
2
0
3
3
3
3
1
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
38
Skill / Competency
Total Number of Directors
Governance
Experience with listed and other organisations sub-
ject to robust governance frameworks with an ability
to assess the effectiveness of relevant governance
processes.
Occupational Health and Safety
Experience in relation to workplace health and safety.
Environment and Sustainability
Experience in relation to environmental and social
responsibility and community.
Legal and Regulatory
Experience in legal and regulatory matters including
regulatory and contractual frameworks governing
gaming matters.
Information Technology
Senior executive experience in information
technology including gaming systems and data
security.
Human Resources / Remuneration
Experience in relation to remuneration practices,
development of incentive plans, succession planning
and director appointment processes including Board
Remuneration Committee membership.
Capital Projects
Senior executive experience in executing large scale
projects with long term investment horizons and
substantial capital outlays.
Sales and Marketing
Senior executive experience in marketing coupled
with a detailed understanding of Crown’s strategic
direction and competitive environment.
Industry Experience - Gaming and
Entertainment
Senior executive experience in the gaming and
entertainment industry.
Industry Experience - Hospitality and
Management
Senior executive experience in the hospitality, food
and beverage industries.
Industry Experience – Tourism
Senior executive experience in the tourism industry.
Industry Experience – Public Policy
Experience in public and regulatory policy, including
in relation to gaming related policy.
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
&
t
i
d
u
A
3
2
1
1
1
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
y
t
i
l
i
b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
R
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
l
a
i
c
o
S
4
4
3
3
2
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
2
d
r
a
o
B
12
10
6
8
6
2
9
7
6
3
3
5
6
e
c
n
a
n
i
F
t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
I
&
n
o
i
i
t
a
n
m
o
N
n
o
i
t
a
e
n
u
m
e
R
l
a
n
o
i
t
a
p
u
c
c
O
&
h
t
l
a
e
H
y
t
e
f
a
S
e
l
b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
R
i
g
n
m
a
G
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
k
s
i
R
3
2
1
1
2
0
2
3
1
0
1
1
1
4
4
2
3
3
1
4
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
3
2
2
0
1
2
2
4
4
2
3
3
1
4
3
3
3
2
2
1
3
3
3
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
2
2
1
2
2
2
The Board Skills Matrix, albeit important, is only part the Selection Procedure which the Board is required to follow. As
mentioned, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee has responsibility for reviewing the appropriateness of the Board
Skills Matrix on an annual basis.
Succession planning in order for the Board to maintain appropriate experience, expertise and diversity is an important part
of the responsibilities of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee.
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
39
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Corporate GovernanCe Statement CONTINUED
relationships affecting independence
The table below sets out the names of Crown’s directors as at the date of this Statement, indicates which of those directors
are considered to be independent directors and notes the length of service of each director from the date of their
appointment to 1 September 2015:
Name of Director
Robert J Rankin
Chairman
John H Alexander BA
Executive Deputy Chairman
Benjamin A Brazil BCom LLB
Non-Executive Director
Helen A Coonan BA, LLB
Non-Executive Director
Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons)
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
Rowena Danziger AM, BA, TC, MACE
Non-Executive Director
Andrew Demetriou BA, BED
Non-Executive Director
Geoffrey J Dixon
Non-Executive Director
Independence Status
Length of Tenure
(By years and complete
months)
Non-independent
1 Month
Non-independent
8 Years, 2 Months
Independent
6 Years, 3 Months
Independent
3 Years, 9 Months
Non-independent
8 Years, 4 Months
Independent
8 Years, 2 Months
Independent
8 Months
Independent
8 Years, 2 Months
Professor John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP
Non-Executive Director
Independent
5 Years
Michael R Johnston BEc, CA
Non-Executive Director
Harold C Mitchell AC
Non-Executive Director
James D Packer
Executive Director
Independent Board Directors
Non-independent
8 Years, 2 Months
Independent
4 Years, 7 Months
Non-independent
8 Years, 2 Months
The Crown Board is currently comprised of twelve Directors, seven of whom are independent Directors. A majority of
Directors are therefore independent. The independence of Directors is assessed against a list of criteria and materiality
thresholds. Those criteria have been formally enshrined in the Crown Board Charter. Each Director who is listed as an
independent Director complies with the relevant criteria for independence set out in the Crown Board Charter.
Board Chair independence
The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer are exercised by separate persons. Robert Rankin is Chairman and Rowen
Craigie is Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director.
Departure from recommendation 2.5: The Principles and Recommendations recommend that the chair of the Board
should be an independent Director. Crown’s Chairman is not an independent Director. Crown’s Chairman is the Chief
Executive Officer of Crown’s major shareholder. The Board believes that the interests of shareholders are well served by a
Chairman who represents the interests of shareholders and who will act in their best interests as a whole. Crown’s
Chairman is well placed to act on behalf of shareholders and in their best interests.
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
40
Director professional development
The induction process for new directors involves both
formal and informal elements. As noted earlier, new
directors are provided with a formal induction pack with
includes important information a director must know about
the company and their appointment terms and includes
copies of relevant constitutions, Board Charters and
Policies. In addition, new directors are provided with tours
of Crown’s main businesses and the opportunity to spend
time with various members of senior management.
The professional development program for directors has
largely consisted of presentations from time to time to the
Board regarding issues including: developments in
accounting standards, updates in legal issues and
governance processes.
In an attempt to provide more structure to director
professional development, the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee has recently been formally
delegated with responsibility for implementing a plan for
enhancing director competencies and ensuring that an
effective induction process is in place for new directors.
This process will involve, amongst other things, a review of
the Board Skills Matrix and consideration of the extent to
which those skills are currently represented on the Board
and on each of its Committees. Where skills are not
currently adequately represented, appropriate professional
development in this area will be considered.
Principle 3: Act ethically and
responsibly: A listed entity should act
ethically and responsibly
Codes of Conduct
Crown has established separate Codes of Conduct that
outline the standard of ethical behaviour that is expected
of its Directors and of its employees at all times.
Code of Conduct for Directors
The purpose of the Code of Conduct for Directors is to
ensure they have a clear understanding of Crown’s
expectations of their conduct and reinforces the statutory
duties of directors to, among other things:
• act with proper purpose and honesty, in good faith and
in the best interests of Crown as a whole;
• use due care and diligence in fulfilling the functions of
office; and
• avoid improper use of information acquired as a
Director, improper advantage of the position of Director
and conflicts of interest.
Crown directors have an obligation to be independent in
judgement and actions and to take all reasonable steps to
be satisfied as to the soundness of all decisions taken by
the Board. Directors are required to maintain the
confidentiality of confidential information received in the
course of the exercise of their duties and are prohibited
from engaging in conduct likely to bring discredit upon
Crown.
Finally, directors are obliged to, at all times, comply with
the spirit as well as the letter of the law, the principles of
the Code of Conduct and are encouraged to the report
suspected unlawful or unethical behaviour.
Code of Conduct for employees
The Code of Conduct for Employees is a detailed
statement of the:
• practices required by employees to maintain
confidence in Crown’s integrity;
• legal obligations of employees and the reasonable
expectations of their stakeholders; and
• responsibility and accountability of individuals for
reporting and investigating reports of unethical
practices.
More information
Full copies of Crown’s Code of Conduct for
Directors and Code of Conduct for Employees are
available at: www.crownresorts.com.au under the
heading Corporate Governance – Codes.
Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in
corporate reporting
audit & Corporate Governance Committee
Crown has established a formal Audit & Corporate
Governance Committee to review the integrity of Crown’s
financial reporting and to oversee the independence of
Crown’s external auditors.
The current members of the Audit & Corporate
Governance Committee are Ben Brazil (Chair), Rowena
Danziger and Michael Johnston. All members of the
Committee are Non-Executive Directors and a majority of
those Committee members are independent Directors.
The Chairman of the Audit & Corporate Governance
Committee, Mr Ben Brazil is an independent Director who
has extensive financial qualifications and experience. He
holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and holds a senior
role at Macquarie Bank in the Corporate and Asset
Finance Group.
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
41
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Corporate GovernanCe Statement CONTINUED
Further information about each Committee member’s
qualifications and experience is set out in the Directors’
Statutory Report. Information regarding the number of
times the Committee met throughout the period and the
individual attendances of the members at those meetings
has also been provided in the Directors’ Statutory Report.
The Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has
adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and
responsibilities. The Charter includes information on the
procedures for selection and appointment of the external
auditor of Crown and for the rotation of external audit
engagement partners.
More information
A full copy of each of the Audit & Corporate
Governance Committee Charter is available at:
www.crownresorts.com.au under the heading
Corporate Governance – Charters.
Ceo & CFo declarations
Before it approved Crown’s full year financial statements,
the Board received assurance from the Chief Executive
Officer and the Chief Financial Officer a declaration that, in
their opinion:
• the financial records of Crown have been properly
maintained;
• the financial statements comply with the appropriate
accounting standards and give a true and fair view of
the financial position and performance of Crown; and
• that the opinion has been formed on the basis of a
sound system of risk management and internal control
which is operating effectively.
Going forward, an equivalent assurance will be obtained in
relation to both Crown’s half year and full year accounts.
auditor’s attendance at aGms
Crown security holders are provided with an opportunity
at the AGM to ask questions and make comments on
Crown’s Annual Report and on the business and
operations of the company. Crown’s Auditor is required to
attend the AGM and security holders are therefore also
provided a reasonable opportunity to ask the Auditor
questions about the Auditor’s Report and the conduct of
the audit of the Financial Report. Security holders are
informed of their opportunity to address the Auditor in the
Notice of Meeting for the AGM.
Principle 5: Make timely and balanced
disclosure
policy to ensure compliance with aSX Listing
rule disclosure requirements
Crown has a formal Continuous Disclosure Policy in place
which is designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing
Rule requirements. The policy details processes for:
• ensuring material information is communicated to
Crown’s Chief Executive Officer, its General Counsel
and Company Secretary or a member of the Audit &
Corporate Governance Committee;
• the assessment of information and for the disclosure of
material information to the market; and
• the broader publication of material information to
Crown’s shareholders and the media.
More information
A full copy of Crown’s Continuous Disclosure Policy
is available at: www.crownresorts.com.au under
the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.
Principle 6: Respect the rights of
security holders
providing online information to investors
Crown has a dedicated corporate website which provides
information about itself and its governance to investors.
The website has a dedicated Corporate Governance tab
which sets out Crown’s Charters, Policies and Codes,
describes Crown’s Board Committees and includes
copies of current and historical Corporate Governance
Statements and reports.
More information
For more information, visit: www.crownresorts.
com.au under the heading Corporate Governance.
promotion of effective communication with
security holders
The Board aims to ensure that shareholders and
prospective investors are kept informed of all major
developments affecting Crown.
Crown’s investor relations program is designed to facilitate
effective communication between security holders,
prospective investors and Crown.
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
42
Crown actively engages with security holders and
prospective investors through a program of scheduled
interactions with institutional investors, sell-side and
buy-side analysts and the financial media. In addition
meetings are held with security holders and prospective
investors on request and responses are provided to
enquires made from time to time.
Crown’s investor relations program works in tandem with
its obligations under its Continuous Disclosure Policy, a
copy of which is available on Crown’s website.
Crown’s head of Investor Relations regularly reports to the
Board.
In addition, Crown has a Communications Policy which
seeks to promote effective communication with its
shareholders. The policy explains how information
concerning Crown will be communicated to shareholders.
The communication channels include:
• Crown’s Annual Report;
• disclosures made to the ASX; and
• Notices of Meeting and other Explanatory Memoranda.
Advance notification of results announcements is made
via Crown’s website.
More information
A full copy of Crown’s Continuous Disclosure Policy
and Communication Policy is available at: www.
crownresorts.com.au under the heading Corporate
Governance – Policies.
Disclosure of policies and procedures
Security holders are encouraged to both attend and
participate in all meetings of security holders. The date of
Crown’s AGM is advertised well in advance on its website
and separately communicated to investors via its
investment relations channels.
Security holders are informed in the formal Notice of
Meeting for the AGM of their opportunity to participate in
the meeting by asking questions of either Crown directors
or its Auditor.
At the AGM itself, as an introduction to the formal business
of the meeting, the Chairman encourages security holders
to ask questions on each item of business and offers a
further opportunity to ask general questions at the
conclusion of the formal business of the meeting.
More information
Copies of Crown’s Notices of Meeting are available
at: www.crownresorts.com.au under the heading
Investors and Media – Annual Reports.
Security holder communications
Crown security holders have the option to receive
communications from Crown and send communications
to Crown electronically. Crown’s share registry (on behalf
of Crown) actively encourages shareholders to receive
their shareholder communications electronically and
provides online access to shareholder information.
Separately, the Crown website includes a “Contact Us”
feature which can be used by both security holders and
others to ask questions of the company.
Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk
policy for oversight and management of material
business risks
Crown has established a formal Risk Management
Committee to provide strategic risk management
leadership, oversight and analysis to the Crown Board.
The current members of the Risk Management Committee
are Geoff Dixon (Chair), Rowen Craigie and Rowena
Danziger. A majority of Committee members are
independent Directors.
The Chairman of the Risk Management Committee, Mr
Geoff Dixon is an independent Director who has extensive
experience in risk management having previously held a
number of senior executive positions in large corporations.
Further information about each Committee member’s
qualifications and experience is set out in the Directors’
Statutory Report. Information regarding the number of
times the Committee met throughout the period and the
individual attendances of the members at those meetings
has also been provided in the Directors’ Statutory Report.
The Risk Management Committee has adopted a formal
Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities.
More information
A full copy of each of the Risk Management
Committee Charter is available at: www.
crownresorts.com.au under the heading Corporate
Governance – Charters.
Design and implementation of risk management
and internal control systems
Crown has established policies for the oversight and
management of material business risks and has adopted a
formal Risk Management Policy. Risk management is an
integral part of the industry in which Crown operates.
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
43
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Corporate GovernanCe Statement CONTINUED
Management are charged with monitoring the
effectiveness of risk management systems and are
required to report to the Board via the Risk Management
Committee.
The Board convened Risk Management Committee
administers Crown’s Risk Management Policy.
The policy sets out procedures which are designed to
identify, assess, monitor and manage risk at each of
Crown’s controlled businesses and requires that the
results of those procedures are reported to the Crown
Board. A formal Risk Management Plan has been
developed using the model outlined in AS/NZS ISO
31000:2009 Risk Management – Principles and
Guidelines.
The Plan identifies specific Head Office risks in light of
major risks identified at an operational level and provides
the framework for the reporting and monitoring of material
risks across the Crown group.
Management are required to conduct an annual review of
the Risk Management Plan to ensure that risk ratings and
risk definitions remain appropriate for Crown, and that
adequate controls are in place to manage risk.
A review has been conducted during the reporting period
and presented to the Risk Management Committee (and
the Board). In the course of that review the current Risk
Profiles of Crown’s major operating businesses were taken
into account and the risk environment of its investments
also considered.
In addition, the Board has received, and will continue to
receive, periodic reports through the Risk Management
Committee, summarising the results of risk management
initiatives at Crown.
Disclosure of internal audit functions
Crown’s major operating businesses (namely Crown
Melbourne and Crown Perth) each had an internal audit
function in place for the full year that meets the definition
of “internal audit” under the Institute of Internal Auditor’s
International Professional Practices Framework.
The function is internally led and resourced at each
business, with supplemental resourcing provided by
specialist third parties if required.
Internal audit delivers a comprehensive audit program to
provide additional comfort around significant risks,
processes, systems and regulatory requirements where
assurance is determined to be a priority for that period.
Internal audit coverage is determined using a structured
approach. The Boards of each major operating business
and management receive regular reports from internal
audit on the control environment, areas for improvement
and progress in addressing those areas for improvement.
To ensure independence of the function, the Internal Audit
Manager reports to the Chief Executive Officer (together
with the relevant Head of Legal, as an alternate). Further,
each Internal Audit Manager periodically meets with
members of the operating subsidiary’s Board throughout
the year.
As a holding company, Crown does not have a separate
internal audit function, however its accounts are subject to
third party independent audit.
Disclosure of sustainability risks
The Crown group is exposed to a number of economic,
environmental and social sustainability risks.
Crown’s goal is to be a leader in the global entertainment
and tourism industry by creating long-term value for its
stakeholders across economic, social and environmental
dimensions. Crown aspires to be a model corporate
citizen and recognises that a company is assessed not
only on its financial performance, but also by its
commitment to corporate social responsibility (CSR),
which includes consideration of, among others, the
following factors:
• the quality of its workplace;
• its environmental footprint;
• its level of community engagement;
• the creation of a safe environment for its customers,
employees and contractors; and
• the provision of employment opportunities.
Crown has established a Corporate Social Responsibility
Committee to assist the Board in setting Crown’s
corporate social responsibility policies and programs and
assessing Crown’s corporate social responsibility
performance. The Corporate Social Responsibility
Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its
duties and responsibilities.
The current members of the Corporate Social
Responsibility Committee are Helen Coonan (Chair),
Rowen Craigie, John Horvath and Harold Mitchell.
Information about each Committee member’s
qualifications and experience is set out in the Directors’
Statutory Report. Information regarding the number of
times the Committee met throughout the period and the
individual attendances of the members at those meetings
has also been provided in the Directors’ Statutory Report.
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
44
The responsibilities of the Committee extend to:
• establishing appropriate corporate social responsibility
policies and programs for Crown;
• monitoring and reviewing the operation and
effectiveness of Crown’s corporate social responsibility
policies and programs;
• promoting and supporting continuous improvement in
Crown’s corporate social responsibility performance;
• encouraging and monitoring the establishment and
maintenance of relationships with key stakeholders
including non-government organisations, sporting and
cultural organisations and other community groups;
and
• encouraging and promoting awareness of corporate
social responsibility related issues at Crown among
Crown’s staff and other stakeholders.
The Committee oversaw the development and publication
of Crown’s Corporate Social Responsibility Report. The
Corporate Social Responsibility Report brings together the
elements of Crown’s CSR activities and programs and
identifies and addresses all material economic,
environmental and social sustainability risks and Crown’s
processes for managing them.
A copy of the Corporate Social Responsibility Report is
publically available and can be found on the Crown
website.
More information
A full copy of each of the Corporate Social
Responsibility Report is available at: www.
crownresorts.com.au under the heading Our
Contribution – Corporate Social Responsibility
Report.
Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and
responsibly
nomination and remuneration Committee
As noted in response to Recommendation 2.1, Crown has
established a formal Nomination and Remuneration
Committee. The Nomination and Remuneration
Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its
duties and responsibilities.
The current members of the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee are each independent, Non-
Executive Directors. Information about each Committee
member’s qualifications and experience is set out in the
Directors’ Statutory Report. Information regarding the
number of times the Committee met throughout the
period and the individual attendances of the members at
those meetings has also been provided in the Directors’
Statutory Report.
policy for Director remuneration
A summary of current remuneration arrangements is set
out more fully in the Remuneration Report. Crown
separately discloses the policies and practices regarding
the remuneration of non-executive directors and the
remuneration of executive directors and other senior
executives.
restrictions on dealing in equity based
remuneration
The rules of the 2014 Crown Long Term Incentive Plan
specifically provide that a participant must not grant or
enter into any Security Interest in or over any Crown
shares that may be acquired under the Plan (Participant
Shares) or otherwise deal with any Participant Shares or
interest in them until the relevant Participant Shares are
transferred from the Trustee to the participant in
accordance with the Plan rules. Security Interests are
defined to extend to any mortgage, charge, pledge or lien
or other encumbrance of any nature, and includes any
derivative relating to or involving a Participant Share. Any
Security Interest, disposal or dealing made by a
participant in contravention of the Plan rules will not be
recognised by Crown.
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
45
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
nevaDa InFormatIon Statement
Nevada Information Statement
The gaming industry in Nevada is highly regulated and
Crown Resorts Limited (Crown) must maintain relevant
licences to continue its investments in entities with gaming
operations in Nevada. Each of the casinos in which Crown
has an interest is subject to extensive regulation under the
laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction where it is
located. These laws, rules and regulations generally
concern the responsibility, financial stability and character
of the owners, managers and persons with financial
interest in gaming operations. Violations of laws in one
jurisdiction could result in disciplinary action in other
jurisdictions.
Crown is registered as a publicly traded corporation in the
state of Nevada. One of the conditions of that registration
requires Crown to summarise relevant Nevada gaming law
requirements in this Report. Crown Melbourne and Crown
Perth are regulated in a similar manner by the Victorian
Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation and the
Western Australian Department of Racing Gaming and
Liquor, respectively. We are not, however, required to
summarise the regulations specific to Victoria and Western
Australia in this Report.
nevada Government regulation
The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in
Nevada are subject to the Nevada Gaming Control Act
and the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively,
the Nevada Act) and various local regulations. Gaming
operations are subject to the licensing and regulatory
control of the Nevada Gaming Commission (the Nevada
Commission), the Nevada State Gaming Control Board
(the Nevada Board) and various county and city licensing
agencies (the local authorities). The Nevada Commission,
the Nevada Board and the local authorities are collectively
referred to as the “Nevada Gaming Authorities”.
The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the
Nevada Gaming Authorities are based upon declarations
of public policy that are concerned with, among other
things:
• the prevention of unsavoury or unsuitable persons from
having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at
any time or in any capacity;
• the establishment and maintenance of responsible
accounting practices;
• the maintenance of effective controls over the financial
practices of licensees, including the establishment of
minimum procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the
safeguarding of assets and revenues;
• providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing
of periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities;
• the prevention of cheating and fraudulent practices;
and
• providing a source of state and local revenues through
taxation and licensing fees.
Each of the entities in which Crown holds an investment
and which currently operate casinos in Nevada (the casino
licensees) is required to be licensed by the Nevada
Gaming Authorities. Certain of Crown’s subsidiaries in the
Cannery ownership chain have also been licensed or
found suitable as shareholders, members or general
partners, as relevant, of the casino licensees.
The casino licensees and the foregoing subsidiaries are
collectively referred to as the “licensed subsidiaries”.
registration as a publicly traded Corporation
Crown is required to be registered by the Nevada
Commission as a publicly traded corporation and, as
such, is required periodically to submit detailed financial
and operating reports to the Nevada Commission and to
furnish any other information that the Nevada Commission
may require. No person may become a shareholder or
member of, or receive any percentage of profits from, the
licensed subsidiaries without first obtaining licences and
approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities.
Additionally, local authorities have taken the position that
they have the authority to approve all persons owning or
controlling the shares of any corporation controlling a
gaming licensee. Crown and the licensed subsidiaries
have obtained from the Nevada Gaming Authorities the
various registrations, approvals, permits and licences
required in order to engage in gaming activities in Nevada.
Suitability of Individuals
power to investigate
The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any
individual who has a material relationship to, or material
involvement with, Crown or any of the licensed
subsidiaries to determine whether such individual is
suitable or should be licensed as a business associate of a
gaming licensee.
Officers, Directors and certain key employees of the
licensed subsidiaries must file applications with the
Nevada Gaming Authorities and may be required to be
licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Crown’s
officers, Directors and key employees who are actively
and directly involved in the gaming activities of the
licensed subsidiaries may be required to be licensed or
found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.
n
e
v
a
d
a
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
46
Nevada Information Statement
The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an application
for licensing or a finding of suitability for any cause they
deem reasonable. A finding of suitability is comparable to
licensing and both require submission of detailed personal
and financial information followed by a thorough
investigation. The applicant for licensing or a finding of
suitability, or the gaming licensee by which the applicant is
employed or for whom the applicant serves, must pay all
the costs of the investigation.
Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the
Nevada Gaming Authorities and, in addition to their
authority to deny an application for a finding of suitability
for a licence, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have
jurisdiction to disapprove a change in a corporate position.
Consequences of finding of unsuitability
If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer,
Director or key employee unsuitable for licensing or to
continue having a relationship with Crown or the licensed
subsidiaries, such company or companies would have to
sever all relationships with that person. In addition, the
Nevada Commission may require Crown or the licensed
subsidiaries to terminate the employment of any person
who refuses to file appropriate applications.
Determinations of suitability or of questions pertaining to
licensing are not subject to judicial review in Nevada.
reporting requirements
Crown and the licensed subsidiaries are required to
submit detailed financial and operating reports to the
Nevada Commission. Substantially all of Crown and the
licensed subsidiaries’ material loans, leases, sales of
securities and similar financing transactions must be
reported to or approved by the Nevada Commission.
Consequences of violation of the nevada act
If the Nevada Commission determined that Crown or a
licensed subsidiary violated the Nevada Act, it could limit,
condition, suspend or revoke, subject to compliance with
certain statutory and regulatory procedures, Crown’s
Nevada gaming licences and those of Crown’s licensed
subsidiaries. In addition, Crown and the licensed
subsidiaries and the persons involved could be subject to
substantial fines for each separate violation of the Nevada
Act at the discretion of the Nevada Commission.
Certain Beneficial Holders of Shares required to
be Licensed
Generally
Any beneficial holder of Crown’s voting securities,
regardless of the number of shares owned, may be
required to file an application, be investigated and have his
or her suitability as a beneficial holder of the voting
securities determined if the Nevada Commission has
reason to believe that such ownership would otherwise be
inconsistent with the declared policies of the State of
Nevada. The applicant must pay all costs of investigation
incurred by the Nevada Gaming Authorities in conducting
any such investigation.
The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires more
than 5% of any class of Crown’s voting securities to report
the acquisition to the Nevada Commission. The Nevada
Act requires that beneficial owners of more than 10% of
any class of Crown’s voting securities apply to the Nevada
Commission for a finding of suitability within thirty days
after the Chairman of the Nevada Board mails a written
notice requiring such filing.
Institutional investors
Under certain circumstances, an “institutional investor” as
defined in the Nevada Act, who acquires more than 10%
but not more than 25% of any class of Crown’s voting
securities, may apply to the Nevada Commission for a
waiver of such finding of suitability if such institutional
investor holds the voting securities for investment
purposes only.
An institutional investor will be deemed to hold voting
securities for investment purposes if it acquires and holds
the voting securities in the ordinary course of business as
an institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing,
directly or indirectly, the election of a majority of the
members of Crown’s Board of Directors, any change in
Crown’s Constitution, management, policies or operations
or any of Crown’s gaming affiliates or any other action that
the Nevada Commission finds to be inconsistent with
holding Crown’s voting securities for investment purposes
only.
Activities that are deemed to be consistent with holding
voting securities for investment purposes only include:
• voting on all matters voted on by shareholders;
• making financial and other inquiries of management of
the type normally made by securities analysts for
informational purposes and not to cause a change in its
management, policies or operations; and
• such other activities as the Nevada Commission may
determine to be consistent with such investment intent.
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
a
d
a
v
e
n
47
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
nevaDa InFormatIon Statement CONTINUED
Nevada Information Statement
Corporations and trusts
• pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form;
If the beneficial holder of voting securities who must be
found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it
must submit detailed business and financial information
including a list of beneficial owners. The applicant is
required to pay all costs of investigation.
Consequences of finding of unsuitability
• Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of
suitability or a licence within 30 days after being
ordered to do so by the Nevada Commission or the
Chairman of the Nevada Board may be found
unsuitable.
• The same restrictions apply to a nominee if the
nominee, after request, fails to identify the beneficial
owner. Any shareholder found unsuitable and who
holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of
Crown’s shares beyond such period of time as may be
prescribed by the Nevada Commission may be guilty of
a criminal offence in Nevada. Crown will be subject to
disciplinary action if, after Crown receives notice that a
person is unsuitable to be a shareholder or to have any
other relationship with Crown or a licensed subsidiary,
Crown or any of the licensed subsidiaries:
or
• makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of
principal, redemption, conversion, exchange, liquidation
or similar transaction.
maintenance of Share register
Crown is required to maintain a current share register in
Nevada that may be examined by the Nevada Gaming
Authorities at any time. If any securities are held in trust by
an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be
required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to
the Nevada Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such
disclosure may be grounds for finding the record holder
unsuitable. Crown is also required to render maximum
assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial
owner. The Nevada Commission has the power to require
Crown’s holding statements or share certificates bear a
legend indicating that such securities are subject to the
Nevada Act. To date, however, the Nevada Commission
has not imposed such a requirement on Crown.
actions requiring prior approval of the nevada
Commission
– pays that person any dividend or interest upon any
public offerings to fund nevada gambling activities
of Crown’s voting securities;
– allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly,
any voting right conferred through securities held by
that person;
– pays remuneration in any form to that person for
services rendered or otherwise; or
– fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such
unsuitable person to relinquish his or her voting
securities including, if necessary, the immediate
purchase of the voting securities for cash at fair
market value.
Crown may not make a public offering of any securities
without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if
the securities or the proceeds there from are intended to
be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities
in Nevada or to retire or extend obligations incurred for
those purposes or for similar purposes. An approval, if
given, does not constitute a finding, recommendation or
approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board
as to the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus or the
investment merits of the securities. Any representation to
the contrary is unlawful.
Certain Debt Holders required to be Licensed
transactions effecting a change in control
The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the
holder of any of Crown’s debt securities to file an
application, be investigated and be found suitable to hold
the debt security. If the Nevada Commission determines
that a person is unsuitable to own such security, then
pursuant to the Nevada Act, Crown can be sanctioned,
including the loss of its approvals, if without the prior
approval of the Nevada Commission, it:
• pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest or
any distribution whatsoever;
• recognises any voting right by such unsuitable person
in connection with such securities;
Changes in control of Crown through merger,
consolidation, share or asset acquisitions, management or
consulting agreements or any act or conduct by a person
whereby he or she obtains control, may not occur without
the prior approval of the Nevada Commission. Entities
seeking to acquire control of a registered corporation must
satisfy the Nevada Board and the Nevada Commission
concerning a variety of stringent standards prior to
assuming control of the registered corporation. The
Nevada Commission may also require controlling
shareholders, officers, Directors and other persons having
a material relationship or involvement with the entity
proposing to acquire control to be investigated and
licensed as part of the approval process relating to the
transaction.
n
e
v
a
d
a
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
48
Nevada Information Statement
Share buy-backs and other arrangements
Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the
Nevada Commission before Crown can make exceptional
repurchases of voting securities above the current market
price and before a corporate acquisition opposed by
management can be consummated. The Nevada Act also
requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalisation
proposed by a registered corporation’s Board of Directors
in response to a tender offer made directly to the
registered corporation’s shareholders for the purpose of
acquiring control of that corporation.
Investigation and monitoring of “Foreign Gaming
operations”
Because Crown is involved in gaming ventures outside of
Nevada, Crown is required to deposit with the Nevada
Board and thereafter maintain a revolving fund in the
amount of US$10,000 to pay the expenses of investigation
by the Nevada Board of Crown’s participation in such
gaming.
The Nevada Board refers to any of Crown’s operations
outside of Nevada as “foreign gaming operations”. The
revolving fund is subject to increase or decrease at the
discretion of the Nevada Commission. Crown is also
required to comply with certain reporting requirements
imposed by the Nevada Act. Crown would be subject to
disciplinary action by the Nevada Commission if Crown:
• knowingly violates any laws of the foreign jurisdiction
pertaining to the foreign gaming operation;
• fails to conduct the foreign gaming operation in
accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity
required of Nevada gaming operations;
• engages in any activity or enters into any association
that is unsuitable because it poses an unreasonable
threat to the control of gaming in Nevada, reflects or
tends to reflect discredit or disrepute upon the State of
Nevada or gaming in Nevada or is contrary to the
gaming policies of Nevada;
• engages in any activity or enters into any association
that interferes with the ability of the State of Nevada to
collect gaming taxes and fees; or
• employs, contracts with or associates with any person
in the foreign gaming operation who has been denied a
license or a finding of suitability in Nevada on the
ground of personal unsuitability or who has been found
guilty of cheating at gambling.
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
a
d
a
v
e
n
49
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
DIreCtorS’ Statutory report CONTINUED
Directors’ Statutory Report
Company Information
review of operations
A review of operations of the Crown Resorts Limited
(Crown) group for the financial year ended 30 June 2015
and the results of those operations is detailed on pages 12
to 32.
The principal activity of the entities within the Crown group
is gaming and entertainment.
Significant changes in state of affairs
Some of the significant changes in the state of affairs of
the consolidated group since 1 July 2014 include:
• On 8 July 2014, Crown announced that it had been
issued a Restricted Gaming Licence by the New South
Wales Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority for
the Crown Sydney Hotel Resort at Barangaroo South.
• On 4 August 2014, Crown announced that a majority
owned subsidiary had acquired a 34.6 acre vacant site
on Las Vegas Boulevard. The site, on the “Las Vegas
Strip”, was formerly occupied by the New Frontier
casino and was acquired through a foreclosure auction
initiated by lenders to the former owner of the site.
• On 13 August 2014, Crown announced that it had
acquired Betfair Group plc’s 50% equity interest in
Betfair Australasia Pty Limited (Betfair Australasia) for
consideration of $10 million.
• On 22 August 2014, Crown announced that it had
reached agreement with the Victorian Government on a
number of reforms to the Melbourne Casino Licence,
whereby the licence term would be extended to 2050,
“super tax” on international and interstate VIP program
play would be removed, Crown Melbourne would be
entitled to additional gaming product and Crown would
make agreed specified payments to the State of
Victoria. The reforms took effect on 3 November 2014.
• On 12 December 2014, Crown announced that it had
agreed to acquire an interest in four adjoining parcels of
land in Queensbridge Street, Southbank, Victoria,
which are opposite the Crown Melbourne Integrated
Resort. The land is controlled by the Schiavello Group
and Crown has agreed to an initial investment of $50
million to participate in the joint development of the
project with Schiavello. Crown and the Schiavello
Group are in the process of negotiating joint venture
arrangements and finalising designs to develop and
construct a new luxury hotel and apartment complex
on the land.
• On 16 December 2014, Crown and the Australian
corporate bookmaker, BetEasy Pty Ltd, announced a
transaction that resulted in a Joint Venture between the
two companies involving the combination of BetEasy’s
sports book business with the sports book business of
Crown’s 100% owned subsidiary, Betfair Pty Ltd.
• On 17 March 2015, Crown announced that it had
launched an offer of dated, unsecured, subordinated,
cumulative notes (Crown Subordinated Notes II) to raise
approximately $400 million, with the ability to raise
more or less. Following the completion of the
bookbuild process for Crown Subordinated Notes II,
the Margin was set at 4.00%. On 23 April 2015, it was
announced that the offer of Crown Subordinated Notes
II had closed, with Crown successfully raising
$630 million.
• On 27 May 2015, Crown announced that it had entered
into agreements with the Barangaroo Delivery Authority
(BDA) and Lend Lease which give Crown the
opportunity to develop the Crown Sydney site at
Barangaroo South, subject to receipt of NSW planning
approval.
Significant events after Balance Date
On 30 July 2015, Crown announced that the appointment
of Robert Rankin as a director of Crown Resorts Limited
had become effective following receipt of all necessary
regulatory approvals.
On 13 August 2015, Crown announced that Mr James
Packer had stepped down as Chairman of Crown Resorts
Limited and that Mr Robert Rankin had been appointed
the new Chairman.
Subsequent to year end, the Directors of Crown declared
a final dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year
ending 30 June 2015. The total amount of the dividend is
$138.4 million, which represents 19 cents per share. The
final dividend will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked
component of the dividend will be conduit foreign income.
The dividend has not been provided for in the 30 June
2015 financial statements.
environmental regulation
The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007
(the NGER Act) established a mandatory reporting system
for corporate greenhouse gas emissions and energy
production and consumption. Crown is required to report
emissions under the NGER Act. Relevant reports have
been submitted during the year.
Key features of the NGER Act are:
• reporting of greenhouse gas emissions, energy
consumption and production by large corporations;
• corporate level public disclosure of greenhouse gas
emissions and energy information; and
• to provide consistent and comparable data for decision
making.
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
r
e
p
o
r
t
50
Under the Western Australian Water By-laws legislation,
Crown Perth is required to complete annual water
management assessments and submit water efficiency
management plans. Relevant reports have been submitted
during the year.
The Crown group is not otherwise subject to any particular
or significant environmental regulation under Australian
law. Environmental issues are, however, important to
Crown and it has taken a number of initiatives in this
regard. A description of those initiatives is set out in the
Sustainability section of this Annual Report.
operating and financial review
In addition to the information provided in the review of
operations section of this Report, set out below is some
additional information that members of Crown might
reasonably require to make an informed assessment of
the operations, financial position and business strategies
of Crown. The commentary which follows omits some
information which might be considered relevant to
Crown’s business strategies and prospects for future
financial years, on the basis that the directors have
reasonable grounds to believe that disclosure would likely
result in unreasonable prejudice to Crown.
Crown reported a consolidated net profit after tax (NPAT)
attributable to the parent of $385.0 million and a
normalised NPAT1 of $525.5 million for the 12 months
ended 30 June 2015. Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth
achieved normalised EBITDA growth of 14.1% and
normalised revenue growth of 14.0%.
Performance for the year ended
June 30 2015
Normalised revenue1
Normalised expenditure1
Normalised EBITDA2
Normalised EBIT3
Normalised net profit after tax attributable
to Crown
Reported net profit after tax before
significant items attributable to Crown
Significant items4
Reported net profit after tax attributable
to Crown
$m
3,404.5
(2,579.6)
824.9
562.0
525.5
446.3
(61.3)
385.0
1. Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any
variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play and
significant items.
2. Normalised earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and
amortisation.
3. Normalised earnings before interest and tax.
4 Relates to asset impairments, primarily Crown’s investment in
Cannery.
The activities and results of Crown’s operations are
discussed further below.
Crown Melbourne
Normalised EBITDA from Crown Melbourne was $662.1
million, up 17.8% on the prior comparable period (pcp).
Reported EBITDA for the period was $644.6 million, up
8.6% on the pcp. This reported EBITDA result takes into
account an adverse variance from the theoretical VIP
program play result which had a negative EBITDA impact
of $17.5 million. This compares to a positive EBITDA
impact of $31.5 million in the pcp.
Normalised revenue of $2,233.9 million was up 15.7% on
the pcp. During the year, main floor gaming revenue was
$1,090.6 million, up 6.9% on the pcp. Normalised VIP
program play revenue was $706.6 million, up 41.0% on the
pcp with turnover of $52.3 billion. The removal of ‘Super
Tax’ on VIP program play at Crown Melbourne effective
from 1 July 2014 has improved the international
competitiveness of the Crown Melbourne VIP business.
Non-gaming revenue grew 6.6% to $436.7 million. Crown
Towers Melbourne hotel occupancy was 96.0% with an
average room rate of $353. Crown Metropol Melbourne
achieved hotel occupancy of 91.5% with an average room
rate of $261. Crown Promenade Melbourne hotel
occupancy was 94.2% with an average room rate of $222.
These high occupancy rates reflect the very strong
demand for luxury hotel accommodation in Melbourne.
The overall normalised operating margin improved from
29.1% to 29.6%. This reflects productivity and efficiency
improvements, partially offset by the shift in business mix
towards international VIP gaming.
Crown Perth
Normalised EBITDA from Crown Perth was $254.4 million,
up 5.3% on the pcp. Reported EBITDA for the period was
$302.1 million, down 4.3% on the pcp. This reported
EBITDA result takes into account a favourable variance
from the theoretical VIP program play result which had a
positive EBITDA impact of $47.7 million. This compares to
a positive EBITDA impact of $74.1 million in the pcp.
Normalised revenue of $975.3 million was up 10.4% on the
pcp. During the year, main floor gaming revenue was
$498.0 million, up 2.6% on the pcp. Normalised VIP
program play revenue was $249.3 million, up 44.1% on the
pcp with turnover of $18.5 billion. The reduction in the tax
rate, effective December 2014, applicable to VIP program
play, from 12% to 9%1, has improved the international tax
competitiveness of the Crown Perth VIP business. Crown
has provided a “no worse off” guarantee in relation to the
minimum tax to be paid to the Western Australian
Government in relation to VIP program play.
1. Inclusive of the Burswood Park Board levy
t
r
o
p
e
r
y
r
o
t
u
t
a
t
S
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
51
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Cash Flow and Debt
Net operating cash flow for the period of $634.6 million
compared to last year’s cash flow of $702.0 million. After
net capital expenditure of $502.0 million, licence fee
payments of $345.0 million, dividend payments of $269.5
million, net investment payments of $198.7 million, cash
injections from non-controlling interests of $72.4 million
and the effect of exchange rates, the Group’s net debt
position (excluding working capital cash of $144.3 million)
at 30 June 2015 was $2,465.3 million, consisting of total
debt of $2,662.0 million and cash (excluding working
capital cash) of $196.7 million.
At 30 June 2015, total liquidity, excluding working capital
cash of $144.3 million, was $1,674.5 million, represented
by $196.7 million in available cash and $1,477.8 million in
committed undrawn facilities.
Conclusion
Crown’s key strategies and business focuses are set out
on page 13.
Likely developments
Other than the developments described in this Report and
the accompanying review of operations, the Directors are
of the opinion that no other matter or circumstance will
significantly affect the operations and expected results for
the Crown group.
DIreCtorS’ Statutory report CONTINUED
Non-gaming revenue grew 1.3% to $228.0 million. Crown
Metropol Perth hotel occupancy was 90.5% with an
average room rate of $314. Hotel occupancy at Crown
Promenade Perth was 83.8% with an average room rate of
$218. Refurbishment work at Crown Promenade Perth
has reduced the number of rooms available and hotel
occupancy based on available rooms was 91.2%.
The overall normalised operating margin decreased from
27.3% to 26.1%. This reflects the change in business mix,
partially offset by productivity and efficiency
improvements.
Crown Aspinalls
Normalised EBITDA from Crown Aspinalls was
$31.7 million, down 9.9% on the pcp. Reported EBITDA
for the year was negative $45.3 million. This reported
EBITDA result takes into account an adverse variance
from the theoretical VIP program play result which had a
negative EBITDA impact of $77.0 million. This compares to
a negative EBITDA impact of $10.1 million in the pcp.
Crown Wagering
EBITDA from Crown’s wagering businesses, Betfair and
CrownBet, was a loss of $16.0 million. Turnover from
CrownBet continues to track in line with expectations,
given the start-up nature of the business. Significant
product enhancements are being rolled out together with
rebranding and promotional initiatives. Betfair’s results
were in line with expectations.
Melco Crown Entertainment (MCE)
Crown’s share of MCE’s normalised NPAT for the year to
30 June 2015 was an equity accounted profit of $161.3
million, down $129.9 million or 44.6% on the pcp. After
adjusting for a below theoretical win rate and pre-opening
costs, Crown’s share of MCE’s reported NPAT result for
the year was an equity accounted profit of $122.0 million,
down $165.6 million or 57.6% on the pcp.
Macau is currently experiencing a difficult period which
has adversely affected all casino operators. Overall gross
gaming revenue across the Macau market in the year to
30 June 2015 declined 26.8%, however the rate of decline
increased in the second half with gross gaming revenue
declining 37.0% in the six months to 30 June 2015
compared to the pcp.
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
r
e
p
o
r
t
52
Dividends and distributions
Interim Dividend: Crown paid an interim dividend of 18 cents per ordinary share on 10 April 2015. The dividend was 50%
franked. None of the unfranked component was conduit foreign income.
Final Dividend: The Directors of Crown have declared a final dividend of 19 cents per ordinary share to shareholders
registered as at 25 September 2015. The final dividend will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked component of the
dividend will be conduit foreign income.
In summary:
Interim Dividend paid
Final Dividend declared
total
Dividend
per share
18 cents per share
19 cents per share
37 cents per share
$’000
$131,111
$138,395
$269,506
Crown paid shareholders a final dividend in respect of the 2014 financial year of $138.4 million.
Directors and officers
Director details
Set out below are the names of each person who has been a Director of Crown during or since year end and the period for
which they have been a Director. There are currently twelve Directors.
Name
Robert John Rankin
John Henry Alexander
Benjamin Alexander Brazil
Helen Anne Coonan
Rowen Bruce Craigie
Rowena Danziger
Andrew Demetriou
Geoffrey James Dixon
John Stephen Horvath
Ashok Jacob
Michael Roy Johnston
Harold Charles Mitchell
James Douglas Packer
Date Appointed
Date Ceased
30 July 2015
6 July 2007
26 June 2009
2 December 2011
31 May 2007
6 July 2007
29 January 2015
6 July 2007
9 September 2010
6 July 2007
6 July 2007
10 February 2011
6 July 2007
15 December 2014
At Crown’s 2014 Annual General Meeting, Mr John Alexander, Ms Helen Coonan, Ms Rowena Danziger and Dr John
Horvath stood for re-election as Directors. Each was re-elected as a Director at that time.
The details of each Director’s qualifications and experience as at the date of this Report are set out below. Details of all
directorships of other Australian listed companies held in the three years before the end of the financial year have been
included.
t
r
o
p
e
r
y
r
o
t
u
t
a
t
S
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
53
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
DIreCtorS’ Statutory report CONTINUED
robert J rankin LLB, Bec,
Chairman
Benjamin a Brazil BCom LLB,
Independent, Non-Executive Director
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
r
e
p
o
r
t
Mr Rankin is the Chairman of Crown Resorts Limited. Mr
Rankin is also CEO of Consolidated Press Holdings Pty Ltd,
a position he has held since March 2015. Prior to joining
Crown, Mr Rankin was Co-Global Head of Corporate
Banking and Securities, and Global Head of Corporate
Finance at Deutsche Bank AG.
Mr Rankin holds Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of
Laws degrees, both obtained at Sydney University.
Mr Rankin is also a director of Melco Crown Entertainment
Limited.
Mr Brazil is an Executive Director of Macquarie Group
Limited, member of the Executive Committee and
Co-Head of the Corporate and Asset Finance Group. He
originally commenced employment at Macquarie in 1994
and has operated across a range of geographies and
business lines during the course of his career. He holds a
Bachelor of Commerce and a Bachelor of Laws from the
University of Queensland.
Mr Brazil is the Chairman of the Crown Audit & Corporate
Governance Committee and a member of the Crown
Finance Committee.
John H alexander Ba,
Executive Deputy Chairman
Mr Alexander is the Executive Deputy Chairman of Crown
Resorts Limited and is also a director of a number of
companies, including Seven West Media Limited, Crown
Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited, Aspers Holdings
(Jersey) Limited and CrownBet Pty Limited.
Mr Alexander was the Executive Chairman of Consolidated
Media Holdings Limited (“CMH”) from 2007 to November
2012, when CMH was acquired by News Corporation.
Prior to 2007, Mr Alexander was the Chief Executive
Officer and Managing Director of Publishing and
Broadcasting Limited (“PBL”) from 2004, the Chief
Executive of ACP Magazines Limited from 1999 and PBL’s
group media division comprising ACP Magazines Limited
and the Nine Network from 2002.
Before joining the PBL Group, Mr Alexander was the
Editor-in-Chief, Publisher & Editor of The Sydney Morning
Herald and Editor-in-Chief of The Australian Financial
Review.
Mr Alexander is a member of the Crown Investment
Committee.
Directorships of other australian listed companies
held during the last three years:
• Consolidated Media Holdings Limited2: from 16
December 1999 to 19 November 2012
• Seven West Media Limited: from 2 May 2013 to current
the Honourable Helen a Coonan Ba, LLB,
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Ms Coonan is a former Senator for New South Wales
serving in the Australian Parliament from 1996 to 2011.
She holds degrees in Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Laws from the University of Sydney. Prior to entering
Parliament, she worked as a lawyer including as principal
of her own legal firm, as a partner in law firm Gadens, as a
commercial Barrister in Australia and as an Attorney in
New York.
In Parliament, Ms Coonan served as the Deputy Leader of
the Government in the Senate. She was appointed to
Cabinet as the former Minister for Communications,
Information Technology and the Arts and was shareholder
Minister for Telstra Corporation and Australia Post. She
also served as the Minister for Revenue and Assistant
Treasurer and had portfolio oversight of the Australian
Taxation Office and the Australian Prudential Regulation
Authority.
Ms Coonan is a non-executive director of Snowy Hydro
Limited and is Chair of Snowny Hydro Retail, she is chair
of the Sydney Harbour Foreshore Authority, a member of
the Advisory Council of J.P. Morgan, a member of the
Board of Advice for Aon Risk Services Australia, a trustee
of the Sydney Opera House, Co-Chair of GRACosway (a
subsidiary of the Clemenger Group) and a non-executive
director of Obesity Australia Limited. She is also a member
of Chief Executive Women.
Ms Coonan chairs the Crown Resorts Foundation. She is
also Chair of the Crown Corporate Social Responsibility
Committee.
2. Consolidated Media Holdings Pty Limited (CMH) (previously
Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and, prior to that, Publishing and
Broadcasting Limited, ASX Code: PBL). CMH was removed from the
ASX’s official list on 20 November 2012.
54
rowen B Craigie Bec (Hons),
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
andrew Demetriou Ba, BeD,
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Mr Craigie was appointed Chief Executive Officer and
Managing Director in 2007. He is also a director of Crown
Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited and Aspers
Holdings (Jersey) Limited.
Mr Craigie previously served from 2005 to 2007 as the
Chief Executive Officer of PBL Gaming and as the Chief
Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne Limited from 2002
to 2007. Mr Craigie joined Crown Melbourne Limited in
1993 and was appointed as the Executive General
Manager of its Gaming Machines department in 1996 and
was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in 2000.
Prior to joining Crown Melbourne Limited, Mr Craigie was
the Group General Manager for Gaming at the TAB in
Victoria from 1990 to 1993 and held senior economic
policy positions in Treasury and the Department of
Industry in Victoria from 1984 to 1990.
Mr Craigie is a member of Crown’s Investment,
Occupational Health and Safety, Responsible Gaming,
Risk Management and Corporate Social Responsibility
Committees. He also sits on the Crown Resorts
Foundation board.
Mr Craigie is a member of the Commonwealth
Government’s Trade and Investment Policy Advisory
Council (TIPAC).
rowena Danziger am, Ba, tC, maCe,
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Mrs Danziger’s professional experience spans over 30
years in various Australian and American educational
institutions. Mrs Danziger was the Headmistress at
Ascham School in Sydney from 1973 to 2003.
Mrs Danziger is a Director of Crown Melbourne Limited
and is Chair of the Crown Occupational Health and Safety
Committee and is a member of the Crown Audit and
Corporate Governance, Risk Management and
Responsible Gaming Committees. Mrs Danziger also sits
on the Crown Resorts Foundation board.
Directorships of other australian listed companies
held during the last three years:
• Consolidated Media Holdings Limited3: from
17 September 1997 to 19 November 2012
Mr Demetriou was Chief Executive Officer of the Australian
Football League from 2003 until June 2014.
Prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer, Mr Demetriou
served as AFL General Manager – Football Operations for
three years, overseeing all aspects of the AFL competition.
This followed a stint as head of the AFL Players
Association when he was instrumental in establishing
programs to look after players both during and after their
playing careers.
Following an AFL playing career of 106 games, Mr
Demetriou was the Managing Director of the Ruthinium
Group, a business importing acrylic teeth, growing the
business significantly by expanding manufacturing and
exports to 70 countries worldwide and he currently
remains a board member.
Mr Demetriou holds the role of Executive Chairman of
Acquire Learning, a Melbourne company that enrols
students on behalf of training providers in courses, is a
director of the Melbourne Sports Marketing firm, Bastion
Group, is a non-executive Chairman of Capital Health
Limited and a non-executive director of the non-partisan
Climate Institute.
Mr Demetriou also served as non-executive Chairman of
the Baxter Group, a waste management group listed on
ASX in 2003 with a market capitalisation of $40 million
– the company was later sold to Transpacific for
$260 million – and is a former Chairman of the Australian
Multicultural Advisory Council.
Mr Demetriou is a director of CrownBet Pty Limited.
Geoffrey J Dixon,
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Geoff Dixon is an experienced and successful corporate
executive with a background in the media, mining, aviation
and tourism industries.
He was Managing Director and Chief Executive of Qantas
Airways Limited for eight years until 2008 - joining Qantas
in 1994 and also serving as Chief Commercial Officer and,
for two years, as Deputy Managing Director. He was
Chairman of the Australian Government’s principal tourism
authority, Tourism Australia, for six years from 2009 to
June 2015.
3. Consolidated Media Holdings Pty Limited (CMH) (previously
Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and, prior to that, Publishing and
Broadcasting Limited, ASX Code: PBL). CMH was removed from the
ASX’s official list on 20 November 2012.
t
r
o
p
e
r
y
r
o
t
u
t
a
t
S
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
55
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
DIreCtorS’ Statutory report CONTINUED
Mr Dixon is Chairman of the privately-held Australian Pub
Fund and is on the board of the publicly listed Australian
company Adslot Limited.
He is also Chairman of the Garvan Medical Research
Foundation, is on the board of the Museum Of
Contemporary Art Australia and is an Ambassador for the
Australian Indigenous Education Foundation.
Directorships of other australian listed companies
held during the last three years:
• Consolidated Media Holdings Limited4: from 31 May
2006 to 19 November 2012
• Facilitate Digital Holdings Limited: from 9 July 2009 to
24 December 2013 when the company was delisted
from the ASX
• Adslot Limited: from 23 December 2013 to current
professor John S Horvath ao, mB, BS (Syd), FraCp,
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Professor John Horvath was the Australian Government
Chief Medical Officer from 2003 to 2009. He is currently
continuing to advise the Department of Health, the
National Health and Medical Research Council and the
School of Medicine, University of Sydney and holds the
position of Honorary Professor of Medicine.
Professor Horvath is a Fellow of the Royal Australasian
College of Physicians and is a distinguished practitioner,
researcher and teacher. Professor Horvath previously sat
on the board of the Garvan Research Foundation and
continues to be a Governor of the Centenary Institute of
Medical Research. He is a member of the Advisory
Council to the Australian Organ and Tissue Donation
Agency and a member of the Finance and Administration
Committee of the School of Medicine at the University of
Sydney. Professor Horvath is a member of the Ministerial
Advisory Council to the Minister of Health.
Professor Horvath was previously Clinical Professor of
Medicine at the University of Sydney. He is also known as
a leader in a range of medical training and workforce
organisations. He is also a former President of the
Australian Medical Council and the NSW Medical Board.
Professor Horvath is Chair of the Crown Responsible
Gaming Committee and a member of Crown’s
Occupational Health and Safety and Corporate Social
Responsibility Committees. He also sits on the Crown
Melbourne board and the Crown Resorts Foundation
board.
michael r Johnston Bec, Ca,
Non-independent, Non-Executive Director
Mr Johnston is the Finance Director of Consolidated Press
Holdings Pty Limited, having previously been an adviser to
the Consolidated Press Holdings Group for 17 years. As
Finance Director, Mr Johnston oversees a large number of
operational businesses within the Consolidated Press
Holdings Group and its controlled associates. Mr
Johnston was also the Chief Financial Officer of Ellerston
Capital (a subsidiary of Consolidated Press Holdings Pty
Limited) until 30 June 2008.
Prior to his appointment with the Consolidated Press
Holdings Pty Limited Group, Mr Johnston was a senior
partner in the Australian member firm of Ernst & Young. Mr
Johnston was also on the board of Partners of Ernst &
Young, Australia.
Mr Johnston holds a Bachelor of Economics degree from
Sydney University and is an Associate of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants of Australia.
Mr Johnston is a member of the Crown Audit and
Corporate Governance, Finance, and Occupational Health
and Safety Committees.
Directorships of other australian listed companies
held during the last three years:
• Consolidated Media Holdings Limited5: alternate
director from 8 April 2009 to 19 November 2012
Harold C mitchell aC,
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Mr Mitchell is the founder of Mitchell & Partners and until
August 2013, was Executive Chairman of Aegis Media,
Australia and New Zealand. Since he started Mitchell &
Partners in 1976, the company has evolved to become the
largest media and communications group in Australia
today.
In December 2000, Mr Mitchell launched the Harold
Mitchell Foundation which distributes funds between
health and the arts.
Mr Mitchell holds a large number of community roles
including Chairman of the Melbourne Symphony
Orchestra, Chairman of TVS, University of Western
Sydney’s television service for Greater Sydney, Chairman
of Art Exhibitions Australia, Vice President of Tennis
Australia; Chairman of The Florey Institute of Neuroscience
and Mental Health, board member of New York
Philharmonic, Chairman, Australia-Indonesia Centre, and
4. Consolidated Media Holdings Pty Limited (CMH) (previously
5. Consolidated Media Holdings Pty Limited (CMH) (previously
Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and, prior to that, Publishing and
Broadcasting Limited, ASX Code: PBL). CMH was removed from the
ASX’s official list on 20 November 2012.
Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and, prior to that, Publishing and
Broadcasting Limited, ASX Code: PBL). CMH was removed from the
ASX’s official list on 20 November 2012.
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
r
e
p
o
r
t
56
Chairman FreeTV Australia. In June 2015, Mr Mitchell was
appointed Chairman of the Victorian Premier’s Job and
Investment Panel.
Company secretary details
michael J neilson Ba, LLB
In 2003, Mr Mitchell delivered the Andrew Olle Memorial
Lecture on Media. In January 2004, he was awarded the
Officer of the Order of Australia for his services as a
benefactor and fundraiser in support of artistic and cultural
endeavour.
Mr Mitchell was appointed Companion of the Order of
Australia in 2010 for eminent service to the community
through leadership and philanthropic endeavours in the
fields of art, health and education and as a supporter of
humanitarian aid in Timor-Leste and Indigenous
communities.
In December 2011, Mr Mitchell was awarded an Honorary
Doctorate – Doctor of Business Honoris Causa, by RMIT
University.
Mr Mitchell was awarded the Victorian Australian of the
Year for 2013.
In August 2013, Mr Mitchell was appointed Adjunct
Professor, School of Humanities and Communications
Arts, University of Western Sydney.
In December 2014, Melbourne University conferred on him
an honorary degree of Doctor of Laws.
James D. packer,
Non-independent, Executive Director
Mr Packer is the Chairman of Consolidated Press
Holdings Pty Limited, a family company. Consolidated
Press Holdings Pty Limited is a substantial shareholder in
Crown. Mr Packer is a director of various companies
including Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited
and Melco Crown Entertainment Limited.
Mr Neilson is Crown’s General Counsel and joint Company
Secretary. Prior to his appointment with Crown, he was
General Counsel for Crown Melbourne Limited, a position
he held from 2004 to 2007.
Prior to joining the Crown group, Mr Neilson spent 10
years in a commercial legal practice in Melbourne before
joining the Lend Lease Group in Sydney in 1997 as
General Counsel for Lend Lease Property Management.
In 1998, he was appointed General Counsel and Company
Secretary of General Property Trust, the position he held
until joining Crown Melbourne Limited in 2004.
Mr Neilson is also a member of the Board of Trustees of
the International Association of Gaming Advisers (IAGA)
and Chair of the School Council of Camberwell Grammar
School.
mary manos BCom, LLB (Hons), GaICD
Ms Manos was appointed joint Company Secretary in
April 2008. Prior to joining Crown, Ms Manos was a Senior
Associate in a Melbourne law firm, specialising in mergers
and acquisitions and corporate law.
Ms Manos is a Graduate of the Australian Institute of
Company Directors and a secretary of the Crown Resorts
Foundation.
other officer details
In addition to the above, Crown’s principal officers include:
Kenneth m Barton
Chief Financial Officer
Mr Packer is the Chair of the Crown Investment
Committee.
Barry J Felstead
Chief Executive Officer – Australian Resorts
Directorships of other australian listed companies
held during the last three years:
• Consolidated Media Holdings Pty Limited6: from
28 April 1992 to 19 November 2012
W todd nisbet
Executive Vice President, Strategy and Development
6. Consolidated Media Holdings Pty Limited (CMH) (previously
Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and, prior to that, Publishing
and Broadcasting Limited, ASX Code: PBL). CMH was removed from
the ASX’s official list on 20 November 2012.
t
r
o
p
e
r
y
r
o
t
u
t
a
t
S
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
57
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
DIreCtorS’ Statutory report CONTINUED
relevant interests of Directors
Details of relevant interests of current Directors in Crown shares as at 30 June 2015 were as follows:
Director
John Alexander
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger
Harold Mitchell
James Packer
Total number of
ordinary shares1
272,147
102,314
30,896
114,887
364,270,253
Notes:
1. For more information on relevant interests of current Directors, please see the Remuneration Report.
Other than in connection with Crown’s Long Term Incentive Plan which is described in the Remuneration Report, none of
Crown’s Directors is party to any contract which would give that Director the right to call for the delivery of shares in Crown.
Board and Committee meetings
Set out below are details of the number of Board meetings and Committee meetings held by Crown during the 2015
financial year together with each Director’s attendance details.
Audit &
Corporate
Governance
Committee
Meetings
Board
Meetings
Corporate Social
Responsinility
Committee
Meetings
Finance
Committee
Meeting
Nomination and
Remuneration
Committee
Meetings
Occupational
Health & Safety
Committee
Meetings
Responsible
Gaming
Committee
Meetings
Risk
Management
Committee
Meetings
Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended
J D Packer
J H Alexander
B A Brazil
H L Coonan
R B Craigie
R Danziger
A. Demetriou*
G J Dixon
J S Horvath
A P Jacob**
M R Johnston
H C Mitchell
8
8
8
8
8
8
4
8
8
4
8
8
7
8
8
8
8
8
4
7
8
3
8
8
3
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
5
6
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
3
4
3
4
* Andrew Demetriou commenced on 29 January 2015
** Ashok Jacob resigned from Board & Investment Committee on 15 December 2014
Under Crown’s Constitution, its Board and Committee Charters, documents containing written resolutions assented to by
Directors are to be taken as a minute of a meeting of Directors or of a Committee (as the case may be). There were seven
written resolutions assented to by the Board this financial year. There were also two written resolutions assented to by the
Investment Committee and one written resolution assented to by the Finance Committee. The Investment Committee did
not formally meet this financial year.
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
r
e
p
o
r
t
58
The ratio of non-audit to audit services provided by Ernst
& Young to Crown is approximately 7.8:1. This ratio reflects
that:
1. Ernst & Young advised Crown on matters relating to
Crown’s refinancing activities and proposed
developments including Crown Sydney, Queen’s
Wharf Brisbane, Betfair, CrownBet, DGN Games and
Alon Las Vegas; and
2. The fees paid by Crown to Ernst & Young in respect
of non-audit services, largely taxation advisory
services, mostly reflect taxation matters pre-dating
the PBL de-merger (which occurred in December
2007).
Management are satisfied that the non-audit services are
compatible with the general standard of independence for
auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 and
consider that the nature and scope of the services
provided do not affect auditor independence.
Rounding
The amounts contained in the financial statements have
been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars (where
rounding is applicable) under the option available to Crown
under ASIC Class Order 98/0100. Crown is an entity to
which the Class Order applies.
Shares and Options
Crown has not granted any options over unissued shares.
There are no unissued shares or interests under option.
No shares or interests have been issued during or since
year end as a result of option exercise.
Indemnity and Insurance of Officers
and Auditors
Director and officer indemnities
Crown indemnifies certain persons as detailed in its
Constitution in accordance with the terms of the Crown
Constitution.
Directors’ and officers’ insurance
During the year Crown has paid insurance premiums to
insure officers of the Crown group against certain
liabilities.
The insurance contract prohibits disclosure of the nature
of the insurance cover and the amount of the insurance
payable.
Indemnification of auditors
To the extent permitted by law, Crown has agreed to
indemnify its auditors, Ernst & Young, as part of the terms
of its audit engagement agreement against claims by third
parties arising from the audit (for an unspecified amount).
No payment has been made to indemnify Ernst & Young
during or since the financial year.
Auditor Information
auditor details
Ernst & Young has been appointed Crown’s auditor.
Mr David McGregor is the Ernst & Young partner
responsible for the audit of Crown’s accounts.
non-audit services
Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for
non-audit services provided during the year by the auditor
are outlined in note 28 of the Financial Report.
Crown acquires non-audit services from Ernst & Young,
largely in respect of taxation matters relating to pre-
demerger, refinancing activities, proposed developments
and ongoing taxation items.
t
r
o
p
e
r
y
r
o
t
u
t
a
t
S
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
59
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
Remuneration Report
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
This Remuneration Report for the year ended 30 June
2015, outlines the Director and executive remuneration
arrangements of Crown in accordance with the
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and its
regulations. For the purposes of this report, key
management personnel (KMP) of the Crown group are
defined as those persons having authority and
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the
major activities of the Crown group, directly or indirectly,
including any Director (whether executive or otherwise) of
the parent company.
The disclosures in the Remuneration Report have been
audited. The Remuneration Report is presented under the
following sections:
1.
Introduction
Executive Directors
• James D Packer (Chairman until 12 August 2015)
• John H Alexander (Executive Deputy Chairman)
• Rowen B Craigie (Managing Director and Chief
Executive Officer)
Mr Robert Rankin was appointed a director of Crown on
30 July 2015 and on 12 August 2015 was appointed
Chairman of Crown. There are therefore no remuneration
disclosures in respect of Mr Rankin included in this report.
Other company executives and key management
personnel
• Kenneth M Barton (Chief Financial Officer)
• Barry J Felstead (Chief Executive Officer – Australian
2. Overview of Remuneration Policy
Resorts)
3. Summary of Senior Executive Remuneration Structure
• W Todd Nisbet (Executive Vice President – Strategy
and Development)
In this Report the group of persons comprised of the
Executive Directors and the other company executives
and key management personnel (listed above) are referred
to as “Senior Executives”.
This Remuneration Report contains a similar level of
disclosure to the 2014 Remuneration Report. There has
been no material change to the Company’s remuneration
policy during the period and much of the description of the
Company’s remuneration policy in this report is therefore
unchanged from last year.
Announcement on 13 August 2015
On 13 August 2015, Crown announced that Mr Packer
had resigned as Chairman and that the Board had
appointed Mr Rankin as Chairman.
Crown also announced that Mr Packer would be
appointed a senior Executive Director on terms that were
being discussed with the Board.
As at the date of the Report, the final arrangements for the
appointment of Mr Packer as a senior Executive Director
have not been concluded or agreed. At the time such
arrangements are concluded and agreed, Crown will make
an announcement to ASX including the material details of
any such arrangement.
• Fixed Remuneration
• Performance Based Remuneration
4. Details of Performance Based Remuneration
Elements
• Short Term Incentives
• Long Term Incentives: 2014 Crown LTI and the
2010 LTI Modification
5. Relationship between Remuneration Policy and
Company Performance
• Remuneration linked to performance
• Policy on entering into transactions in associated
products which limit economic risk
6. Remuneration details for Non-Executive Directors
7. Remuneration details for Senior Executives
8. Key Management Personnel Disclosures
Introduction
persons to whom report applies
The remuneration disclosures in this Report cover the
following persons:
Non-Executive Directors
• Benjamin A Brazil
• Helen A Coonan
• Rowena Danziger
• Andrew Demetriou (from 29 January 2015)
• Geoffrey J Dixon
• John S Horvath
• Ashok Jacob (until 15 December 2014)
• Michael R Johnston
• Harold C Mitchell
60
Overview of Remuneration Policy
Senior executives
philosophy
Crown is a company that provides outstanding customer
service and to remain competitive Crown must continue to
enhance the experience of all customers who visit Crown’s
properties. As a result, the performance of the Crown
group is highly dependent upon the quality of its Directors,
senior executives and employees.
Crown seeks to attract, retain and motivate skilled
Directors and senior executives in leadership positions of
the highest calibre. Crown’s remuneration philosophy is to
ensure that remuneration packages properly reflect a
person’s duties and responsibilities, that remuneration is
appropriate and competitive both internally and as against
comparable companies and that there is a direct link
between remuneration and performance.
Crown has differing remuneration structures in place for
Non-Executive Directors and senior executives.
non-executive Directors
The process for determining remuneration of the Non-
Executive Directors has the objective of ensuring
maximum benefit for Crown by the retention of a high
quality Board.
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee bears the
responsibility of determining the appropriate remuneration
for Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors’ fees
are reviewed periodically by the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee with reference to the fees paid
to the Non-Executive Directors of comparable companies.
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee is subject
to the direction and control of the Board.
In forming a view of the appropriate level of Board fees to
be paid to Non-Executive Directors, the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee may also elect to receive advice
from independent remuneration consultants, if necessary.
Details regarding the composition of the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee and its main objectives are
outlined in the Corporate Governance Statement. The
Nomination and Remuneration Committee is comprised
solely of Non-Executive independent Directors.
No performance based fees are paid to Non-Executive
Directors. Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to
participate in Crown’s long term incentive plan (described
more fully below).
Non-Executive Directors are not provided with retirement
benefits other than statutory superannuation at the rate
prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee
legislation.
The remuneration structure incorporates a mix of fixed and
performance based remuneration. The following section
provides an overview of the fixed and performance based
elements of executive remuneration. The summary tables
provided later in this Report indicate which elements apply
to each Senior Executive.
Crown’s key strategies and business focuses are set out
on page 13.
Summary of Senior Executive
Remuneration Structure
Fixed remuneration
The objective of fixed remuneration is to provide a base
level of remuneration which is appropriate to the Senior
Executive’s responsibilities, the geographic location of the
Senior Executive and competitive conditions in the
appropriate market.
Fixed remuneration is therefore determined with reference
to available market data, the scope and any unique
aspects of an individual’s role and having regard to the
qualifications and experience of the individual. From time
to time, Crown seeks a range of specialist advice to help
establish the competitive remuneration for its Senior
Executives.
Fixed remuneration typically includes base salary and
superannuation at the rate prescribed under the
Superannuation Guarantee legislation, mobile telephone
costs, complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and
Crown Perth and may include, at the election of the Senior
Executive, other benefits such as a motor vehicle,
additional contribution to superannuation, car parking and
staff gym membership, aggregated with associated fringe
benefits tax to represent the total employment cost (TEC)
of the relevant Senior Executive to Crown.
Fixed remuneration for the Senior Executives (except the
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director) is reviewed
annually by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing
Director and the Chairman of Crown and is approved by
the Nomination and Remuneration Committee.
The review process measures the achievement by the
Senior Executives of their Key Performance Objectives
(KPOs) established at the beginning of the financial year
(see further below), the performance of Crown and the
business in which the Senior Executive is employed,
relevant comparative remuneration in the market and
relevant external advice.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
61
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
Fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and
Managing Director is reviewed by the Chairman and
approved annually following consideration by the
Nomination and Remuneration Committee of his
performance against his annual KPOs.
The KPOs for Senior Executives, including the Chief
Executive Officer and Managing Director are closely
aligned with objectives set out in Crown’s Four Year
Financial Plan (see below).
The fixed remuneration for Crown’s Chief Executive Officer
and Managing Director, Mr Rowen Craigie, which applied
during the financial year, remained unchanged since 2007,
when his remuneration was determined as part of the
de-merger of the gaming businesses of Publishing and
Broadcasting Limited and listing of Crown Resorts Limited
in December 2007.
Any payments relating to redundancy or retirement are as
specified in each relevant Senior Executive’s contract of
employment.
For summaries of Senior Executive contracts of
employment, see page 73.
performance based remuneration
The performance based components of remuneration for
Senior Executives seek to align the rewards attainable by
Senior Executives with the achievement of particular
annual and long term objectives of Crown and the creation
of shareholder value over the short and long term. The
performance based components which applied to the
Senior Executives during the year were as follows:
• Short Term Incentives (STI); and
• Long Term Incentives (the 2014 Crown LTI and the 2010
LTI Modification).
A key focus of the Crown Board is the achievement of the
Crown group’s annual business plan and budget and the
long term financial plan. In order to provide incentives to
executives, each of the STI and the 2014 Crown LTI link
back to key elements of the business plan and budget and
long term financial plan. It is therefore important to
understand how that business plan and budget and long
term financial plan are developed. A summary of the
process involved is set out below.
Development of Long Term Financial Plan (Four Year
Financial Plan)
Each year, the Crown Board approves a financial plan
which contains the key assumptions and forecasts for
each Crown group business and for the Crown group as a
whole for the four year period commencing in the following
financial year (Four Year Financial Plan).
The process for developing, reviewing and approving each
Four Year Financial Plan is rigorous. Each department in
each Crown business must prepare a four year financial
plan. Key inputs into this process include current operating
performance and the previously approved Four Year
Financial Plan, having regard to:
• performance relative to targets set in the previous Four
Year Financial Plan;
• any changes in the business;
• any changes in factors affecting performance over the
four year period; and
• any new strategic initiatives and changes in the market
in which those businesses are operating.
The targets in each department’s four year financial plan
incorporate an underlying target growth in operating profit
with additional operating profit increases arising from
capital expenditure programs, performance improvement
initiatives and other strategic impacts.
Each department’s four year forecast is consolidated into
the relevant business’s four year forecast which is then
reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer of the relevant business.
In turn, each business’s four year forecast is then
incorporated into the Four Year Financial Plan and
reviewed by the Crown Resorts Limited Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Four Year Financial
Plan is then reviewed by the Chairman before it is
submitted to the Crown Board for review and approval.
Development of Annual Business Plan and Budget
Crown’s annual business plan and budget (Annual
Business Plan and Budget) is prepared having regard to
the Crown Four Year Financial Plan.
The Annual Business Plan and Budget is based on the
first year of the Four Year Financial Plan and details key
operational strategic initiatives and the risks to be
addressed. It is developed on a departmental basis, which
is then incorporated into each business’s annual budget
and business plan and, finally, into the Crown group
Annual Business Plan and Budget, which then must be
approved by the Crown Board.
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
62
Details of Performance Based Remuneration Elements
Short term Incentives (StI)
The remuneration of the Senior Executives is linked to Crown’s short term annual performance through a cash-based STI.
Individuals may be paid an STI following an assessment of the performance of the Crown group in the previous year and
the performance of the individual against agreed annual KPOs. Senior Executives have a potential or target STI, which is
subject to the Crown group’s performance and the achievement of the Senior Executive’s KPOs established at the
beginning of each financial year. In summary, the typical KPO structure might comprise the following elements:
Financial performance objectives
Performance against budgeted normalised EBITDA1 and/or net profit after
tax.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
typical non-financial objectives
• Management of major capital expenditure and investment programs to
ensure projects are delivered on time and on budget, while minimising
disruption at relevant Australian properties as well as the subsequent
delivery of anticipated benefits from those capital programs.
• Reinforcement and delivery of outstanding customer experiences through
continuous improvement in Crown’s service culture.
• Successful management of Crown stakeholders, including government,
media, trade unions, community organisations, to achieve targeted
outcomes.
• Achievement of successful expansion of customer base for Crown
properties through marketing or other relevant activities.
• Growth in engagement levels of employees across Crown.
• Achievement of margin improvement targets through the implementation
of approved programs aimed at reducing costs and increasing asset yield.
• Achievement (or maintenance) of improvements in key occupational health
and safety statistics.
• Achievement of VIP turnover growth and market share.
Financial performance objectives are derived from Crown’s Annual Business Plan and Budget as the Crown Board
considers this is the best way to ensure that Crown meets that Annual Business Plan and Budget, aligning performance
outcomes with shareholder value.
A failure to achieve relevant financial performance objectives will result in Senior Executives receiving either no STI bonus
or, where relevant financial performance objectives are only partially met, a reduced STI bonus. The Crown Board retains
discretion, however, to pay an STI bonus where financial performance objectives have not been met, but other objectives
have been achieved.
Appropriate non-financial performance objectives (such as those set out above) are also included in a Senior Executive’s
KPOs where they are within that Senior Executive’s sphere of influence and are relevant to the Senior Executive’s area of
work. These metrics are aligned with the achievement of Crown’s Annual Business Plan and Budget.
The performance of each Senior Executive against financial and non-financial KPOs is reviewed on an annual basis.
Whether KPOs have been achieved is determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, having regard to
the operational performance of the business or function in which the Senior Executive is involved and the Chief Executive
Officer and Managing Director’s assessment of the attainment of the individual’s KPOs.
The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and the Chairman review performance based remuneration
entitlements and recommend the STI payments, subject to final approval by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee
and the Board.
1. In this Report, the term “normalised EBITDA” represents EBITDA which has been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate
on VIP program play and the impact of significant items (where applicable).
63
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director’s
eligibility for an STI is reviewed by the Chairman and
determined by the Nomination and Remuneration
Committee on behalf of the Board.
For a more detailed commentary on financial year 2015
STI bonuses see page 78.
Long term Incentives
2014 Crown Long Term Incentive Plan
(2014 Crown LTI)
The 2014 Crown LTI was made available to selected senior
executives with effect from 1 July 2014. A summary of the
terms of the 2014 Crown LTI follows.
Operation of the 2014 Crown LTI
The award of a long term incentive bonus under the 2014
Crown LTI is dependent on Crown achieving certain
earnings per share hurdles (EPS Hurdles) in respect of, or
in relation to, the four financial years ending 30 June 2015,
30 June 2016, 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2018 (each a
Plan Year).
The 2014 Crown LTI rules provide that earnings per share
(EPS) target would exclude the contribution from Melco
Crown Entertainment Limited (MCE) and are to be
calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Crown Profit
Total Crown Shares
where:
Crown Profit means, in respect of a Plan Year, the
normalised net profit after tax of the group for that Plan
Year (excluding the contribution made by MCE and
significant items); and
Total Crown Shares means the average of the largest
number of Crown shares on issue during each day during
the relevant Plan Year.
How EPS Hurdles were derived
The EPS Hurdles adopted in the 2014 Crown LTI were
derived directly from EPS forecasts put in place in respect
of the 2014 Four Year Financial Plan (each an EPS Target).
Accordingly, the 2014 Crown LTI is specifically designed to
provide an incentive to senior executives participating in
the 2014 Crown LTI (Participants) to ensure the Four Year
Financial Plan from financial year 2015 to financial year
2018 is met. The way in which Crown’s Four Year Financial
Plans are developed has been described in detail above.
The EPS Hurdles in financial year 2015, financial year 2016
and financial year 2017 are 98% of the EPS Target for the
relevant year in the Four Year Financial Plan. The EPS
Hurdle in financial year 2018 is 100% of the EPS Target for
the relevant year in the Four Year Financial Plan.
Why earnings per share is used as the single measure
for the 2014 Crown LTI
Crown has elected to use earnings per share as the single
measure for its 2014 Crown LTI.
Earnings per share targets represent the product of
individual business unit future performance projections (as
determined by relevant executives based on their business
unit’s four year financial plan targets). These individual
future performance projections are aggregated with group
costs, interest and taxes to arrive at a Crown group
earnings per share target.
As a result, each executive knows with certainty what
performance hurdles need to be met from their respective
business operations over an extended period in order to
meet the EPS Targets. In addition, as the executive group
collectively needs to achieve the consolidated EPS Target,
it fosters a cooperative approach across businesses to
optimise Crown group as well as individual business unit
outcomes.
In developing the 2014 Crown LTI, consideration was
given by the Crown Board to a range of different measures
as well as the potential use of multiple measures, however,
ultimately, it was determined that a single clear,
unambiguous target in the form of an earnings per share
hurdle was best suited to Crown. For example,
consideration was given to the use of a relative measure,
such as relative total shareholder return (TSR), however, it
was decided such measures were not appropriate for
Crown. This is because there are a limited number of
comparable companies within any sizeable ASX
comparator group and many of the larger companies
listed on ASX bear little resemblance to Crown (e.g.
financial institutions and resource companies). As the
results and share prices of such companies can be
expected to move in line with different economic factors
(such as credit conditions and global resource market
conditions) the Crown Board considered it to be
inappropriate to base Crown executives’ long term
rewards on factors over which Crown executives have little
influence.
In addition, the complexity of TSR and other relative
measures (to accommodate changes in the comparator
group, restructurings and capital management initiatives)
can, in some cases, cause them to be of limited value in
motivating executives to individually and collectively deliver
outstanding performance. It is difficult for executives to
equate their individual performance and efforts to the
performance of Crown’s share price relative to unrelated
and incomparable companies.
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
64
Crown acknowledges that its EPS Targets are, to a large
degree, an internal measure. However, Crown has
disclosed in this Report (and will continue to disclose) its
historical EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles as well as actual
EPS performance against those historical targets, so that
shareholders are able to see the “stretch” nature of these
targets.
How bonuses accrue
If an EPS Hurdle is achieved in respect of a Plan Year, a
Participant will become entitled to a portion of the
potential maximum bonus (Maximum Bonus) which may
be achieved under the 2014 Crown LTI in accordance with
the following table:
Plan Year
Plan Year 1
Plan Year 2
Plan Year 3
Plan Year 4
Percentage
15%
20%
25%
40%
The Plan rules provide that bonuses will only ultimately be
paid at the end of financial year 2018 either by way of the
transfer of shares acquired under the 2014 Crown LTI or
the payment of cash. See further below.
Effect of achieving an EPS Hurdle
If an EPS Hurdle is met in respect of a Plan Year, the 2014
Crown LTI provides that Crown will calculate the dollar
value of the bonus in respect of the relevant Plan Year
(Plan Year Bonus) by multiplying the Maximum Bonus for
the Participant by the relevant percentage applicable to
that Plan Year (as set out in the table above).
If the Plan Year is Plan Year 1, Plan Year 2 or Plan Year 3,
the 2014 Crown LTI provides that Crown will pay the Plan
Year Bonus earned by the Participant to the nominated
Trustee and with an instruction that the Trustee apply that
Plan Year Bonus to acquire Crown shares on market
(Participant Shares), to be held on trust for the benefit of
the Participant until the end of Plan Year 4 (at which time
the shares could be transferred to the Participant).
In respect of Plan Year 4 the 2014 Crown LTI provides that
Crown will pay the Plan Year 4 Plan Year Bonus to the
Participant in cash and also advise the Trustee, who will
arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the
relevant Participant. The Plan Year 4 Plan Year Bonus is
designed to be paid in cash because the Participant will
be required to pay tax on the Bonus at this time.
Effect of not achieving one or more EPS Hurdles
If an EPS Hurdle is not met, the 2014 Crown LTI provides
as follows:
• if an EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 1, Plan Year 2
or Plan Year 3 is not met, Crown will calculate the Plan
Year Bonus which would have been applied to the
purchase of Participant Shares had the relevant EPS
Hurdle been met (Carried Over Plan Year Bonus);
• if the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 is met:
– the Plan Year 4 Bonus will be paid by Crown to the
relevant Participant in cash;
– the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to
be transferred to the relevant Participant; and
– if the sum of the EPS Targets for financial year 2015,
financial year 2016, financial year 2017 and financial
year 2018 (Cumulative EPS Hurdle) has also been
met, any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will also
be paid to the relevant Participant in cash. The
Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses (if any) are paid in
cash because the Participant will be required to pay
tax on these Bonuses at this time.
• if the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 is not met
but both the Fallback Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle (i.e. 98%
of the Plan Year 4 EPS Target) and the Cumulative EPS
Hurdle are met:
– the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will be
paid by Crown to the relevant Participant in cash;
– any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will be paid to
the relevant Participant in cash; and
– the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to
be transferred to the relevant Participant.
• if neither the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 nor
the Fallback Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle are met but the
Cumulative EPS Hurdle is met:
– the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will not
be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant;
– any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will be paid to
the relevant Participant in cash; and
– the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to
be transferred to the relevant Participant.
• if neither the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 nor
the Cumulative EPS Hurdle are met (whether or not the
Fallback Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle is met):
– the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will not
be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant;
– any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will lapse and
will not be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant;
and
– the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to
be transferred to the relevant Participant.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
65
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
Illustration
The following is an illustration of a range of outcomes which might have been achieved by a Participant under the 2014
Crown LTI. It does not include every permutation or combination of outcomes which the 2014 Crown LTI was designed to
achieve.
Key: 4 = Achieved 7 = Not achieved.
Year 1 EPS
Hurdle Met?
15%
Year 2 EPS
Hurdle Met?
20%
Year 3 EPS
Hurdle Met?
25%
Year 4 EPS
Hurdle Met?
40%
Fallback Year 4
EPS Hurdle Met?
40%
Cumulative EPS Hurdle Met?
4
4
4
4
7
4
4
4
7
7
4
4
7
7
7
4
7
7
7
7
4
60% shares
40% cash
4
60% shares
40% cash
4
60% shares
No cash
4
35% shares
65% cash
4
35% shares
25% cash
4
15% shares
85% cash
4
15% shares
45% cash
7
60% shares
No cash
7
60% shares
No cash
7
35% shares
No cash
7
35% shares
No cash
7
15% shares
No cash
7
15% shares
No cash
7
No shares
No cash
4
7
4
7
4
7
7
Note: the percentage allocations between cash and shares are based on the Maximum Bonus, with the share component being valued based on the value
of Crown shares at the time of acquisition. Subsequent movements in the price of Crown shares may result in changes to the cash and share proportions.
What happens to dividends earned on Crown shares acquired under the 2014 Crown LTI
All dividends received on shares held in trust are to be passed through to the Participant. As bonuses earned in the final
year of the 2014 Crown LTI (including any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses) are to be paid in cash, no dividends apply in
respect of these bonuses.
What happens if an executive’s employment with Crown ceases
If a Participant’s employment with Crown ceases, then the Participant is not entitled to any part of his or her 2014 Crown
LTI bonus, except where the Participant’s employment is terminated by Crown without cause, in which case the Participant
will be entitled to any tranche (in the form of shares held on trust) which have vested prior to the date of termination.
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
66
How EPS Hurdles can be amended
The 2014 Crown LTI provides that in the event that
corporate control events or capital reconstruction events
impact the achievement of EPS Hurdles, then the Crown
Board has discretion to amend the EPS Hurdles in such a
way that does not materially disadvantage Participants.
The Crown Board retains general power to amend the
rules of the 2014 Crown LTI from time to time.
After the Plan Year ended 30 June 2015, the Crown
Nomination and Remuneration Committee conducted a
review of the 2014 Crown LTI and the EPS Hurdles, to
consider whether the Board should exercise its discretion
to adjust any EPS Hurdle or any feature of the Plan.
Whilst there has been no change to the EPS Hurdles
which will apply over the life of the Plan, the Nomination
and Remuneration Committee has recognised that since
the adoption of the 2014 Crown LTI, there have been a
number of events which affect the definition of Crown
Profit, which were not contemplated when the 2014 Four
Year Financial Plan was adopted. These events have both
a positive impact on the determination of Crown Profit, in
some cases, and a negative impact in other cases. These
include the beneficial effect of the removal of super tax for
Crown Melbourne as part of the modifications to the
Crown Melbourne Casino Licence, changes in interest
expense on account of various debt raising activity
(including the issue of Crown Subordinated Notes II) and
various additional corporate costs.
Accordingly, for the purposes of calculating “Crown Profit”
and EPS, the Board has determined that the effect of
these uncontemplated events should not be taken into
account. The net effect of these uncontemplated events
was not material and, even if the uncontemplated events
were taken into account, the EPS Hurdle for Plan Year 1
would have been met.
How the 2014 Crown LTI ameliorates issues with “cliff’s
edge” vesting
The key features of the 2014 Crown LTI are that:
• the EPS Hurdles for Plan Years 1, 2 and 3 are set at
98% of the EPS Targets in the 2014 Four Year Financial
Plan; and
• if at the end of financial year 2018, on a cumulative
basis, the EPS Hurdles over all four years are met, then
any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will vest and be
paid to the relevant senior executive in cash.
Accordingly, when viewed as a whole, the Maximum
Bonus under the 2014 Crown LTI consists of four separate
and individually achievable targets, as well as a cumulative
target. As a result, there are a range of potential outcomes
depending on performance against target in each year of
the 2014 Crown LTI as well as the cumulative result.
This feature is designed to ameliorate issues with “cliff’s
edge” vesting, by giving participants a “second chance” to
have a tranche paid when an individual EPS Hurdle is not
met.
Disclosure of historical EPS Targets
The disclosure of prospective EPS Targets would have the
consequence of providing the market and Crown’s
competitors with Crown’s financial forecasts. It has been
Crown’s longstanding practice not to disclose prospective
financial information and financial forecasts. Accordingly,
Crown will not publicly disclose prospective EPS Targets.
Such concerns, however, are not as significant in relation
to historical EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles and
performance against those historical EPS Hurdles.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
67
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
Set out below are the EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles which applied for financial year 2015 together with Crown’s actual EPS
for financial year 2015.
EPS Target
(2014 Four Year
Financial Plan)
51.5 cents
EPS Target
Growth (2014
Four Year
Financial Plan)
N/A
FY15
EPS Hurdle
(Crown LTI)*
50.5 cents
Actual EPS
53.0 cents
Actual EPS
Growth (from
previous year)
10.6%
Tranche
Vested?
Yes
* In financial year 2015 the EPS Hurdle was 98% of the 2014 Four Year Financial Plan EPS Target.
All references in the above table to “EPS” exclude the contribution made by MCE and significant items and Crown’s actual
EPS also excludes the impact of certain uncontemplated events as described above. It should be noted that, even if the
impact of those uncontemplated events were not excluded, Crown’s actual EPS would have exceeded the EPS Target for
financial year 2015.
Details of Participation of Senior Executives in 2014 Crown LTI
Of the Senior Executives named in this Report, five participate in the 2014 Crown LTI. Details of potential 2014 Crown LTI
cash bonuses are as follows:
Senior
Executive
John Alexander
Ken Barton
Rowen Craigie
Barry Felstead
Todd Nisbet
Maximum Value over
four year period
30 June 2015
(15%)
30 June 2016
(20%)
30 June 2017
(25%)
30 June 2018
(40%)
4,500,000
4,050,000
9,000,000
6,300,000
6,300,000
675,000
607,500
1,350,000
945,000
945,000
900,000
810,000
1,800,000
1,260,000
1,260,000
1,125,000
1,012,500
2,250,000
1,575,000
1,575,000
1,800,000
1,620,000
3,600,000
2,520,000
2,520,000
As noted in the tables above, in financial year 2015, Crown met the relevant EPS Hurdle and accordingly, an entitlement to
15% of potential EPS Bonuses for financial year 2015 has vested.
Set out below are the vested bonus amounts for the above participants in respect of financial year 2015:
Senior Executive
John Alexander
Ken Barton
Rowen Craigie
Barry Felstead
Todd Nisbet
Maximum Value over four year period
4,500,000
4,050,000
9,000,000
6,300,000
6,300,000
30 June 2015 (15%)
675,000
607,500
1,350,000
945,000
945,000
In accordance with the rules of the 2014 Crown LTI, the vested component of the cash bonus for financial year 2015 will
be applied by Crown to fund the purchase of Crown shares on market, which will be held on trust for each of Mr Alexander,
Mr Barton, Mr Craigie, Mr Felstead and Mr Nisbet until the end of financial year 2018.
The 2010 LTI Modification
As explained in previous Remuneration Reports, prior to the adoption of the 2014 Crown LTI, Crown had offered a long
term incentive plan on substantially the same terms (known as the 2010 Crown LTI). The 2010 Crown LTI was due to expire
on 30 June 2014. As at 30 June 2014, no EPS Hurdles had been met and no bonuses paid (with exception of the MCE
Contribution Bonus).
However, after 30 June 2014, the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee conducted a review of EPS Hurdles
during the life of the 2010 Crown LTI, to consider whether the Board should exercise its discretion to adjust any EPS Hurdle.
Having considered changes in the Crown Resorts group’s circumstances since the time the EPS Hurdles under the Plan
were adopted, upon the recommendation of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, the Board resolved that the
rules of the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan be modified by extending the time for achieving the Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle for
an additional year to 30 June 2015 (2010 LTI Modification).
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
68
Relationship between remuneration
policy and company performance
remuneration linked to performance
As detailed above in the sections on Fixed Remuneration
and Performance Based Remuneration, various elements
of Crown’s remuneration policy are linked to company
performance, in particular, the achievement of Crown’s
Board approved Annual Budget and Business Plan (in the
case of STI) and Crown’s Board approved Four Year
Financial Plan (in the case of the 2014 Crown LTI).
The Crown Board has sought to achieve this link by
requiring the achievement of an annual level of normalised
EBITDA and net profit after tax (in the case of STI) or
predetermined EPS Targets (in the case of the 2014 Crown
LTI).
Full details of how these links have been achieved are set
out in the sections of the Report above, but, in summary:
• An STI may be payable if Crown achieves its budgeted
financial objectives and where an individual achieves
his or her annual KPOs, assessed using a combination
of financial and non-financial measures; and
• The 2014 Crown LTI is linked to predetermined EPS
Hurdles in financial year 2015, financial year 2016,
financial year 2017 and financial year 2018.
This year, normalised EBITDA generated by Crown
Melbourne and Crown Perth, Crown’s wholly owned
Australian casinos, grew by 14.1%. The compound
average normalised EBITDA growth for Crown Melbourne
and Crown Perth for the five year period commencing
from financial year 2010 through to financial year 2015 was
5.9%. Normalised Crown group NPAT decreased by
17.9% in financial year 2015. The compound average
normalised NPAT growth for the Crown group for the five
year period commencing from financial year 2010 through
to financial year 2015 was 12.7%.
Given that the purpose of the 2010 Crown LTI was to
assist in the recruitment, reward, retention and motivation
of executive and management employees of Crown and
its Subsidiaries and given that no EPS Hurdles were met
and no bonuses were paid under the 2010 Crown LTI (with
the exception of the MCE Contribution Bonuses), the
Board considered that it would be reasonable to give
Participants a further opportunity to receive their Plan Year
4 Bonus in cash should the Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle (as
described above) be achieved by the Crown Resorts
Limited group in relation to the financial year ending 30
June 2015, ie a one year extension.
The 2010 LTI Modification only applied to original
Participants in the 2010 Crown LTI and no new employee
was entitled to the potential benefit of the 2010 LTI
Modification.
The 2010 LTI Modification operated as follows:
1. a consumer price index (CPI) adjustment of 3.0% was
made to the Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle approximating
the CPI movement from 1 July 2013 through to 30
June 2014 (Indexed year 4 epS Hurdle);
2.
If the Indexed Year 4 EPS Hurdle was achieved in
relation to the financial year ending 30 June 2015, the
Plan Year 4 Plan Year Bonus would have been paid
by Crown to each Participant in cash. Conversely, if
the Indexed Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle was not
achieved, no bonus would have been paid and the
2010 Crown LTI would be at an end;
3. Participants would cease to have any right to any
Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses which had accrued
under the Plan to date; and
4. The Plan Rules would continue to apply to the extent
necessary to give effect to the 2010 LTI Modification.
The Board considered that the achievement of the
Indexed Year 4 EPS Hurdle would be of substantial value
to shareholders as it would require an increase in EPS for
financial year 2015 of 48% which compares to an actual
compound annual EPS growth rate of 4% from financial
year 2011 to financial year 2014.
However, the Indexed Year 4 EPS Hurdle of 70.9 cents
was not met in relation to the financial year ending 30
June 2015, whether or not the impact of the
uncontemplated events (referred to above) are excluded
from the calculation of Crown Profit. Accordingly, no
bonus will be paid in relation to the 2010 LTI Modification
and the 2010 Crown LTI is now at an end.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
69
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
The table and graph below set out information about movements in shareholder wealth for the years ended 30 June 2011
to 30 June 2015.
Share price at start of period
Share price at end of period
Full year dividend
Basic/diluted earnings per share3
Year ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
30 June 2011
$7.77
$8.93
37 cents1
44.29 cps
30 June 2012
$8.93
$8.49
37 cents2
69.78 cps
30 June 2013
$8.49
$12.11
37 cents2
67.40 cps
30 June 2014
$12.11
$15.12
37 cents2
96.44 cps
30 June 2015
$15.12
$12.20
37 cents2
61.28 cps
$16.00
$14.00
$12.00
$10.00
$8.00
$6.00
$4.00
$2.00
$-
d
o
i
r
e
p
f
o
d
n
e
t
a
e
c
i
r
p
e
r
a
h
S
$1.20
$1.00
e
r
a
h
s
$0.80
i
r
e
p
s
g
n
n
r
a
e
d
e
t
u
l
i
i
d
/
c
s
a
B
$0.60
$0.40
$0.20
$0.00
Year ended
30 June 2011
Year ended
30 June 2012
Year ended
30 June 2013
Year ended
30 June 2014
Year ended
30 June 2015
Basic/diluted earnings per share
Share price at end of period
Notes:
1. Interim dividend franked to 60% and final dividend franked to 50% with none of the unfranked components comprising conduit foreign income.
2. Franked to 50% with none of the unfranked component comprising conduit foreign income.
3. Excluding the effect of significant items.
policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk
The rules of the 2014 Crown Long Term Incentive Plan specifically provide that a participant must not grant or enter into
any Security Interest in or over any Crown shares that may be acquired under the Plan (Participant Shares) or otherwise
deal with any Participant Shares or interest in them until the relevant Participant Shares are transferred from the Trustee to
the participant in accordance with the Plan rules. Security Interests are defined to extend to any mortgage, charge, pledge
or lien or other encumbrance of any nature, and includes any derivative relating to or involving a Participant Share. Any
Security Interest, disposal or dealing made by a participant in contravention of the Plan rules will not be recognised by
Crown.
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
70
Remuneration Details for Non-Executive Directors
non-executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors are entitled to a base fee of $100,000 per annum for acting as a Director of Crown.
Non-Executive Directors acting on the Board of Crown Melbourne Limited are entitled to receive a further fee of $60,000
per annum.
Non-Executive Directors of Crown are entitled to additional fees if they act as either chair or a member of an active
Committee (the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, the Occupational Health & Safety Committee, the Nomination
and Remuneration Committee, the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee or the Risk Management Committee):
• $20,000 per annum for acting as Chair of an active Board Committee; or
• $10,000 per annum for acting as a member of an active Board Committee.
All Directors are entitled to complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities.
In accordance with Crown’s constitution, Non-Executive Directors’ fees are currently determined within an aggregate
Non-Executive Directors’ fee cap of $1,300,000 per annum.
Set out below is a table showing Non-Executive Director remuneration for financial years 2015 and 2014.
remuneration table – non-executive Directors
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
Short term Benefits
Financial
year
Salary &
Fees
non
monetary
other
post-
employment
Benefit –
Superannuation
Long term Incentives
Cash
Based
equity
Based
termina-
tion
Benefits
Ben Brazil
Non-Executive Director
Helen Coonan
Non-Executive Director
Christopher Corrigan
Non-Executive Director
rowena Danziger1
Non-Executive Director
andrew Demetriou3
Non-Executive Director
Geoffrey Dixon
Non-Executive Director
John Horvath1
Non-Executive Director
ashok Jacob2,4
Non-Executive Director
michael Johnston2
Non-Executive Director
Harold mitchell
Non-Executive Director
2015 totaLS
2014 totaLS
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
120,000
120,000
120,000
120,000
-
45,833
210,000
210,000
69,792
-
140,000
140,000
210,000
200,833
-
-
-
-
120,000
116,100
989,792
952,766
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
11,400
11,100
11,400
11,100
-
4,240
18,783
17,775
6,630
-
13,300
12,950
18,783
17,775
-
-
-
-
11,400
15,000
91,696
89,940
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
total
131,400
131,100
131,400
131,100
-
50,073
228,783
227,775
76,422
-
153,300
152,950
228,783
218,608
-
-
-
-
131,400
131,100
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 1,081,488
- 1,042,706
Notes:
1. Mrs Danziger and Professor Horvath each received Directors’ fees at a rate of $60,000 per annum for their participation on the Crown Melbourne Limited
Board.
2. Neither Mr Jacob nor Mr Johnston receives (or received) remuneration from Crown for their services to Crown.
3. Mr Demetriou commenced as a director on 29 January 2015. In addition, Mr Demetriou received Directors’ fees at a rate of $75,000 per annum for his
participation on the CrownBet Pty Ltd and CrownBet Holdings Pty Ltd Boards with effect from 19 February 2015.
4. Mr Jacob ceased as a director on 15 December 2014.
71
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
Remuneration details for
Senior Executives
Senior Executives are employed under service
agreements with Crown or a subsidiary of Crown.
Common features to these service agreements include
(unless noted otherwise):
• an annual review of the executive’s fixed remuneration,
with any increases requiring approval of the Chief
Executive Officer and Managing Director and the
Nomination and Remuneration Committee and
dependent on Crown’s financial performance, the
individual’s KPO performance and market changes;
• competitive performance based incentive payments
annually and in the long term, dependent upon Crown
achieving its objectives and the Senior Executive
achieving his or her KPOs;
• a provision that Crown may ask the executive to act as
a Director of a member or associate of the Crown
group for no additional remuneration;
• a prohibition from gambling at any property within the
Crown group during the term of employment and for six
months following termination and a requirement that
the executive maintains licences required and issued by
relevant regulatory authorities (such as the Victorian
Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation and
the Western Australian Gaming and Wagering
Commission);
Where a Senior Executive has had more than one contract
of employment during the year, or where a new contract of
employment has been entered into post year end, this has
been noted below:
Mr Rowen Craigie
During the year, Crown extended the employment
contract with its CEO, Mr Rowen Craigie. Mr Craigie’s then
existing employment contract was extended to 30
November 2018 and was also varied by reducing the
severance payment payable to Mr Craigie (should Crown
terminate Mr Craigie’s employment) from 24 months’ base
salary to 12 months’ base salary. Mr Craigie’s post-
employment restraint was also reduced from 24 months to
12 months.
All other material terms of Mr Craigie’s employment
contract remained unchanged. There was no change to
Mr Craigie’s remuneration in financial year 2015.
Mr W. Todd Nisbet
During the year, Crown extended the employment
contract with its Executive Vice President – Strategy and
Development, Mr W. Todd Nisbet. Mr Nisbet’s then
existing employment contract was extended to 31
December 2015.
All other material terms of Mr Nisbet’s employment
contract remained unchanged. There was no change to
Mr Nisbet’s remuneration in financial year 2015.
• where post-employment restraints apply, a restraint
Mr Kenneth Barton
covering, amongst other things, competitive activities to
those of the Crown group. Restraint periods vary and
have been noted in each instance;
• where an employment agreement is terminated by
Crown, a provision that notice may be given in writing
or payment may be made (wholly or partly) in lieu of
notice;
• a provision that all contracts may be terminated without
notice by Crown for serious misconduct; and
• all Senior Executives are entitled to complimentary
privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth
facilities.
Specific details of each Senior Executive’s contract of
employment which applied at the end of the financial year
ending 30 June 2015 are summarised in the tables on the
following pages.
During the year, Crown extended the employment
contract with its Chief Financial Officer, Mr Ken Barton. Mr
Barton’s then existing employment contract was extended
to 30 September 2018.
All other material terms of Mr Barton’s employment
contract remained unchanged. There was no change to
Mr Barton’s remuneration in financial year 2015.
The Company did not obtain any remuneration
recommendation from a remuneration consultant in
relation to any of its key management personnel during the
financial year.
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
72
Summary of Contracts of employment applicable During the year ended 30 June 2015
James D packer
John H alexander
Current position
Chairman (until 12 August 2015)
Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:
Nil.
executive Deputy Chairman (commenced
1 December 2007): Mr Alexander’s current
employment agreement with Crown Resorts Limited
has no fixed term.
$1,481,217 per annum
The Chairman, Mr Packer did not receive any
remuneration for his services to Crown in financial year
2015. Mr Packer acts as a Director of Melco Crown
Entertainment Ltd, a company in which Crown has a
significant investment. Mr Packer did not receive a fee
from Crown for these services.
Superannuation
Nil
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$18,783 per annum.
Non-monetary
benefits and other:
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and
Crown Perth facilities.
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and
Crown Perth facilities and superannuation.
performance based
remuneration
Not applicable
2015 percentage
breakdown
of remuneration
Not applicable
post-employment
benefits
post-employment
restraint
Termination
Not applicable
Not applicable
By Senior Executive:
Not applicable
By Crown:
Not applicable
termination benefits Not applicable
payments made
prior to
commencement
Not applicable
Directors’ Fees
Nil
Mr Alexander participates in the 2014 Crown LTI. See
further page 64.
Fixed remuneration
(Includes voluntary and
compulsory
superannuation)
57%
Nil
StI
2014
Crown LtI
0%
43%
Crown may impose a restraint for various periods up to
12 months.
12 months’ notice.
12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s notice
for performance issues; three months’ notice due to
incapacity.
Nil
Nil
Nil
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
73
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
rowen B Craigie
Current position
Chief executive officer and managing Director (commenced 1 December 2007): Mr Craigie’s employment
agreement with Crown Resorts Limited will expire on 30 November 2018.
Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:
Superannuation
$2,981,217 per annum.
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$18,783 per annum..
Non-monetary benefits
and other:
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and salary sacrifice
arrangements for motor vehicle and superannuation.
performance based
remuneration
STI:
A maximum of $1,000,000, assessed by the Chairman based on the achievement of personal KPOs. A further
$1,000,000 may be paid at the discretion of the Crown Board if Crown’s performance substantially exceeds that
set out in Crown’s business plan and represents an exemplary outcome.
LTI:
Mr Craigie participates in the 2014 Crown LTI. See further page 64.
2015 percentage
breakdown
of remuneration
Fixed remuneration
(Includes voluntary and
compulsory
superannuation)
162%
StI
43%
2010
Crown LtI
2014
Crown LtI
(227)%
122%
Given that the Indexed Year 4 EPS Hurdle adopted under the 2010 LTI Modification was not achieved, Crown
amended its provisioning in relation to the 2010 LTI Modification accordingly. This has resulted in a reversal of
amounts previously expensed and, as a result of this, each executive who participated in the 2010 LTI
Modification must be shown to have a negative amount for the 2010 LTI component of their F15 remuneration.
Crown is required to include the reversal in remuneration disclosures in the form provided above. However, to
assist security holders, set out below is a breakdown of remuneration which excludes the effect of the reversal
of amounts previously expensed under the 2010 Crown LTI:
Fixed remuneration
(Includes voluntary and
compulsory superannuation)
50%
StI
13%
2014 Crown LtI
37%
post-employment
benefits
Nil
post-employment
restraint
Termination
Crown may impose a restraint for various periods up to 12 months.
By Senior Executive:
12 months’ notice.
By Crown:
12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s notice for performance issues (following at least three months’
notice to improve); three months’ notice for incapacity.
termination benefits Subject to the receipt of shareholder approval, Mr Craigie will be entitled to receive a severance payment equal
to 12 months’ fixed remuneration in the event of early termination of his employment by Crown. The imposition of
Mr Craigie’s post-employment restraint is conditional upon receipt of his severance payment.
payments made prior
to commencement
Nil
Directors’ Fees
Nil
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
74
Kenneth m Barton
Current position
Chief Financial officer (commenced 9 march 2010): Mr Barton’s employment agreement with
Crown Resorts Limited will expire on 30 September 2018.
Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:
Superannuation
$1,531,217 per annum.
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$18,783 per annum. During the year, Mr Barton made additional voluntary contributions to superannuation as
disclosed in the remuneration tables later in this Report.
Non-monetary benefits
and other:
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and salary sacrifice
arrangements for motor vehicle and superannuation. Until Mr Barton relocates to Melbourne, Crown will meet
the weekly travel costs of his Melbourne/Sydney commuting and will provide hotel accommodation while in
Melbourne.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
performance based
remuneration
STI:
Mr Barton’s annual target STI is $500,000 and payment depends on meeting agreed personal KPOs. The STI
may, at the discretion of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, be increased to a maximum of $750,000
if Mr Barton exceeds his KPOs and Crown also achieves its performance objectives.
LTI:
Mr Barton participates in the 2014 Crown LTI. See further page 64.
2015 percentage
breakdown
of remuneration
Fixed remuneration
(Includes voluntary and
compulsory
superannuation)
109%
StI
31%
2010
Crown LtI
2014
Crown LtI
(109)%
69%
Given that the Indexed Year 4 EPS Hurdle adopted under the 2010 LTI Modification was not achieved, Crown
amended its provisioning in relation to the 2010 LTI Modification accordingly. This has resulted in a reversal of
amounts previously expensed and, as a result of this, each executive who participated in the 2010 LTI
Modification must be shown to have a negative amount for the 2010 LTI component of their F15 remuneration.
Crown is required to include the reversal in remuneration disclosures in the form provided above. However, to
assist security holders, set out below is a breakdown of remuneration which excludes the effect of the reversal
of amounts previously expensed under the 2010 Crown LTI:
Fixed remuneration
(Includes voluntary and
compulsory superannuation)
52%
StI
15%
2014 Crown LtI
33%
post-employment
benefits
post-employment
restraint
Termination
Nil
Nil
By Senior Executive:
6 months’ notice.
By Crown:
6 months’ notice without cause; one month’s notice for performance issues (following at least 3 months’ notice
to improve); 3 months’ notice for incapacity.
termination benefits Nil
payments made prior
to commencement
As previously disclosed, a sign on payment was made in 2010 to compensate Mr Barton for unvested incentives
forfeited on cessation of employment with his previous employer.
Directors’ Fees
Nil
75
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
Barry J Felstead
Current position
Chief executive officer – australian resorts
(from 1 august 2013): Mr Felstead’s current employment agreement with Crown Resorts Limited has no fixed
term.
Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:
Superannuation
$2,141,217 per annum
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$18,783 per annum.
Non-monetary benefits
and other:
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and salary sacrifice
arrangements for motor vehicle and superannuation. Mr Felstead is entitled to a travel allowance of $50,000 per
annum.
performance based
remuneration
STI:
Discretionary STI based on the performance of Crown and the achievement of personal KPOs. Mr Felstead’s
annual target STI is 40% of his TEC.
LTI:
Mr Felstead participates in the 2014 Crown LTI. See further page 64.
2015 percentage
breakdown
of remuneration
Fixed remuneration
(Includes voluntary and
compulsory
superannuation)
68%
StI
27%
2010
Crown LtI
2014
Crown LtI
(45%)
50%
Given that the Indexed Year 4 EPS Hurdle adopted under the 2010 LTI Modification was not achieved, Crown
amended its provisioning in relation to the 2010 LTI Modification accordingly. This has resulted in a reversal of
amounts previously expensed and, as a result of this, each executive who participated in the 2010 LTI
Modification must be shown to have a negative amount for the 2010 LTI component of their F15 remuneration.
Crown is required to include the reversal in remuneration disclosures in the form provided above. However, to
assist security holders, set out below is a breakdown of remuneration which excludes the effect of the reversal
of amounts previously expensed under the 2010 Crown LTI:
Fixed remuneration
(Includes voluntary and
compulsory superannuation)
47%
Nil
StI
19%
2014 Crown LtI
34%
Crown may impose various restraint periods up to a period of 12 months post-employment.
12 months’ notice.
12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s notice for performance issues; three months’ notice due to
incapacity.
post-employment
benefits
post-employment
restraint
Termination
By Senior Executive:
By Crown:
termination benefits Nil
payments made prior
to commencement
Nil
Directors’ Fees
Nil
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
76
W. todd nisbet
Current position
executive vice president – Strategy and Development (from 9 august 2010): Mr Nisbet’s employment
agreement with Crown Resorts Limited is due to expire on 31 December 2015.
Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:
Superannuation
Non-monetary benefits
and other:
performance based
remuneration
STI:
$2,141,217 per annum.
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$18,783 per annum.
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and salary sacrifice
arrangements for motor vehicle and superannuation. During Mr Nisbet’s employment with Crown, he is also
entitled to additional customary expatriate benefits for himself and his family. Upon cessation of employment Mr
Nisbet will be entitled to relocation benefits for him and his family to Las Vegas.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
Discretionary STI based on the performance of Crown and the achievement of personal KPOs. Mr Nisbet’s
annual target STI is 50% of his base salary.
LTI:
Mr Nisbet participates in the 2014 Crown LTI. See further page 64.
2015 percentage
breakdown
of remuneration
Fixed remuneration
(Includes voluntary and
compulsory
superannuation)
78%
StI
27%
2010
Crown LtI
2014
Crown LtI
(55%)
50%
Given that the Indexed Year 4 EPS Hurdle adopted under the 2010 LTI Modification was not achieved, Crown
amended its provisioning in relation to the 2010 LTI Modification accordingly. This has resulted in a reversal of
amounts previously expensed and, as a result of this, each executive who participated in the 2010 LTI
Modification must be shown to have a negative amount for the 2010 LTI component of their F15 remuneration.
Crown is required to include the reversal in remuneration disclosures in the form provided above. However, to
assist security holders, set out below is a breakdown of remuneration which excludes the effect of the reversal
of amounts previously expensed under the 2010 Crown LTI:
Fixed remuneration
(Includes voluntary and
compulsory superannuation)
50%
Nil
StI
18%
2014 Crown LtI
32%
Crown may impose various restraint periods up to a period of up to 12 months post-employment.
6 months’ notice.
12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s notice for performance issues; three months’ notice due to
incapacity.
post-employment
benefits
post-employment
restraint
Termination
By Senior Executive:
By Crown:
termination benefits Nil
payments made prior
to commencement
Nil
Directors’ Fees
Nil
77
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
remuneration table for Senior executives
Long Term Incentives (LTI)
As summarised earlier, Senior Executives participated in
the 2010 LTI Modification as well as the 2014 Crown LTI.
In accordance with relevant accounting standards, the
2014 Crown LTI is included in the remuneration for each
Senior Executive to the extent that it is considered more
likely than not at the date of this financial report that the
performance condition and service condition will
eventuate over the life of the 2014 Crown LTI,
notwithstanding that the benefits will vest for the Senior
Executives at a different rate. Accordingly, 25% of the total
2014 Crown LTI bonus for which each Senior Executive is
potentially eligible will be included in the remuneration
table for each of the four active years of the plan,
regardless of whether a bonus has vested or not.
As explained earlier, the first, second and third tranches of
the 2014 Crown LTI represents 15%, 20% and 25%
(respectively) of the total 2014 Crown LTI bonus for which
each Senior Executive is eligible. The EPS Hurdle of the
2014 Crown LTI for financial year 2015 was met. Detail of
the actual sums vested to relevant Senior Executives has
been provided earlier.
Also as disclosed earlier, the 2010 LTI Modification ceased
at the end of financial year 2015 with the Indexed Year 4
EPS Hurdle not having been met. Crown therefore
amended its provisioning accordingly, resulting in a
reversal of amounts previously expensed.
Commentary
The structure of senior executive remuneration has been
described in detail in this Report, both generically and
specifically in relation to each named Senior Executive. In
addition, a table summarising all remuneration to be
attributed to each Senior Executive for the financial years
ending 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 is set out below.
Accounting Standards are prescriptive in relation to the
required presentation of remuneration tables. Accordingly,
as an aid to understanding, the following additional
information should be read in conjunction with the table
set out below.
Fixed Remuneration
Mr Alexander and Mr Craigie did not receive an increase
to their fixed remuneration in financial year 2015 as
compared with financial year 2014.
Mr Nisbet and Mr Felstead received an increase to their
fixed remuneration of 3%, generally reflecting the
movement in the consumer price index. Mr Barton
received an increase to his fixed remuneration of 15%,
reflecting the scope of his responsibilities, the achievement
of various performance objectives and the relative
remuneration of his peers.
Short Term Incentives (STI)
In financial year 2015, the Group’s financial performance
objectives were met in part. While Crown Melbourne and
Crown Perth met their financial performance objectives,
Crown Resorts Limited did not achieve its normalised
NPAT budget, largely as a result of the performance of
MCE’s businesses in Macau. However, some important
non-financial objectives were achieved, including good
progress on the Crown Towers Perth project, the Crown
Sydney project and other development projects.
STI bonuses at Crown Melbourne, Crown Perth and
Crown Resorts Limited were generally paid at 100% of
target STI bonuses, except for those executives who were
considered to have had influence on the performance of
MCE. The STIs of those executives was generally
reduced. Accordingly, Mr Craigie received 80% of his
target STI bonus of $1 million and did not receive any part
of his further “discretionary bonus” of $1 million for
exceptional performance. Mr Nisbet also received 80% of
his target STI bonus, however, Mr Barton received 90% of
his target STI bonus on the basis of the achievement of a
number of important non-financial objectives and the
execution of certain group acquisitions.
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
78
Remuneration Table
Mr Robert Rankin was appointed a director of Crown on 30 July 2015 and on 12 August 2015 was appointed Chairman of
Crown. There are therefore no remuneration disclosures in respect of Mr Rankin included in this report.
Short Term Benefits
Fin-
ancial
Year
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
Salary &
Fees
-
-
Non
Mon-
etary4
-
-
-
1,481,217
1,482,225
-
1,520,000 45,745
1,332,683 42,360
-
2,981,217
2014
2,982,225
-
2015
2,141,217 22,681
2014
2,008,058 35,171
2015
-
2014
261,553
-
-
Other4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
% of
max
STI
-
-
STI
-
-
-
-
450,000
500,000
800,000
-
-
90%
100%
80%
Long Term Incentives
Post-
employment
Benefits –
Super-
annuation1
-
-
Cash
Based
-
-
Equity
Based –
2010 LTI2
Equity
Based –
2014 LTI3
Termina-
tion
Benefits
-
-
-
-
18,783
17,775
30,000
17,775
18,783
-
-
-
200,000
-
- 1,125,000
-
(1,600,000) 1,012,500
-
(755,000)
-
(4,200,000) 2,250,000
800,000
80%
17,775
720,000
(2,055,000)
-
864,000
100%
580,000
72%
-
-
-
-
18,783
17,775
-
4,444
-
-
-
-
-
(1,440,000) 1,575,000
(612,000)
-
-
-
-
-
(1,740,000) 1,575,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2015
2,141,217
- 310,065
864,000
80%
18,783
2014
2,082,225
- 265,009 1,050,000
100%
17,775
360,000
(874,500)
-
10,264,868 68,426 310,065 2,978,000
105,132
-
(8,980,000) 7,537,500
1,494,978
1,760,975
-
-
-
3,169,065
2,900,509
12,283,991
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
Total2
-
-
2,625,000
1,500,000
1,458,245
1,337,818
1,850,000
2,465,000
3,181,681
2,029,004
-
10,148,969 77,531 265,009 2,930,000
93,320 1,280,000 (4,296,500)
-
1,494,978
11,993,307
James Packer
Chairman
(until 12 August 2015)
John Alexander
Executive Deputy Chairman
Ken Barton
Chief Financial Officer
Rowen Craigie
Chief Executive Officer
& Managing Director
Barry Felstead
Chief Executive Officer -
Australian Resorts
Greg Hawkins
formerly Chief Executive
Officer - Crown Melbourne
Limited
Todd Nisbet
Executive Vice President
– Strategy & Development
2015 TOTALS
2014 TOTALS
Notes:
1. Long service leave accrued balances have increased during the financial year ended 30 June 2015 for the following Senior Executives: Mr Alexander
$24,920, Mr Barton $25,751, Mr Craigie $49,840, Mr Felstead $35,885, Mr Nisbet $35,885.
2. The 2010 LTI Modification ceased at the end of financial year 2015 with the Indexed Year 4 EPS Hurdle not having been met, resulting in a reversal of
amounts previously expensed.
3. The 2014 Crown LTI has been included in total remuneration on the basis that it is considered more likely than not at the date of this financial report that
the performance condition and service condition will occur evenly over the life of the Crown LTI, notwithstanding that the benefits will vest for the Senior
Executives at a different rate.
4. Refer to the summaries of contracts of employment for a description of the short term benefits to which various executives are entitled.
79
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
remuneratIon report CONTINUED
Key Management Personnel Disclosures
Shareholdings of Key management personnel
Set out below is a summary of equity instruments held directly, indirectly or beneficially by KMPs, close family or controlled
entities. The Company does not have any options on issue.
30 June 2015
Crown Directors
Directors (Including
directors who left
the Board during
the year)
James D Packer
John H Alexander
Rowen B Craigie
Rowena Danziger
Harold C Mitchell
Crown Executives
executives
Ken M Barton
Barry J Felstead
Todd W Nisbet
30 June 2014
Crown Directors
Directors (Including
directors who left
the Board during
the year)
James D Packer
John H Alexander
Rowen B Craigie
Rowena Danziger
Harold C Mitchell
Crown Executives
executives
Ken M Barton
Barry J Felstead
Todd W Nisbet
Balance
1 July 2014
364,270,253
256,549
102,314
30,896
114,887
Issued under
executive
Share plan
-
-
-
-
-
other net
Change
Balance
30 June 2015
-
15,598
-
-
-
364,270,253
272,147
102,314
30,896
114,887
Balance
1 July 2014
28,420
-
51,157
Issued under
executive Share
plan
-
-
-
other net
Change
Balance
30 June 2015
-
-
-
28,420
-
51,157
Balance
1 July 2013
364,270,253
256,549
74,092
30,896
114,887
Issued under
executive
Share plan
-
-
28,222
-
-
other net
Change
Balance
30 June 2014
-
-
-
-
-
364,270,253
256,549
102,314
30,896
114,887
Balance
1 July 2013
20,581
-
37,046
Issued
under executive
Share plan
7,839
-
14,111
other net
Change
Balance
30 June 2014
-
-
-
28,420
-
51,157
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
80
Loans to Key Management Personnel
There have been no loans made, guaranteed or secured, directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in
the reporting period in relation to KMPs, close family or controlled entities.
Transactions entered into with Key Management Personnel
Other than as has been disclosed in Note 31 of the Financial Report, there have been no transactions entered into during
the reporting period between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and KMPs, close family and controlled entities.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
R J Rankin
Director
R B Craigie
Director
Melbourne, 8 September 2015
t
r
o
p
e
R
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R
81
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
auDItor’S InDepenDenCe DeCLaratIon CONTINUED
Auditor’s Independence Declaration
Ernst & Young
8 Exhibition Street
Melbourne VIC 3000 Australia
GPO Box 67 Melbourne VIC 3001
Tel: +61 3 9288 8000
Fax: +61 3 8650 7777
ey.com/au
Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of Crown Resorts
Limited
In relation to our audit of the financial report of Crown Resorts Limited for the financial year ended 30
June 2015, to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of the auditor
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 or any applicable code of professional
conduct.
Ernst & Young
David McGregor
Partner
8 September 2015
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation
a
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
I
n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
c
e
D
e
c
a
r
a
t
i
o
n
l
82
Independent Auditor’s Report
Ernst & Young
8 Exhibition Street
Melbourne VIC 3000 Australia
GPO Box 67 Melbourne VIC 3001
Tel: +61 3 9288 8000
Fax: +61 3 8650 7777
ey.com/au
Independent auditor's report to the members of Crown Resorts Limited
Report on the financial report
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Crown Resorts Limited, which comprises the
statement of financial position as at 30 June 2015, the statement of profit or loss, statement of
comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and cash flow statement for the year ended on
that date, notes comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory
information, and the directors’ declaration of the consolidated entity comprising the company and the
entities it controlled at the year-end or from time to time during the financial-year.
Directors' Responsibility for the financial report
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true
and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for
such internal controls that the directors determine are necessary to enable the preparation of the
financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 1(b), the
directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial
Statements, that the financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.
Auditor's responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our
audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply with
relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in
the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment
of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making
those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal controls relevant to the entity's preparation and
fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's
internal controls. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and
the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our audit opinion.
Independence
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act
2001. We have given to the directors of the company a written Auditor’s Independence Declaration, a
copy of which is included in the Directors’ Report.
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation
t
r
o
p
e
r
s
’
r
o
t
i
d
u
a
t
n
e
d
n
e
p
e
d
n
I
83
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
InDepenDent auDItor’S report CONTINUED
I
n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t
a
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
r
e
p
o
r
t
84
Opinion
In our opinion:
a.
The financial report of Crown Resorts Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001,
including:
i
ii
giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity's financial position as at 30 June 2015
and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and
complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001;
and
b.
The financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed
in Note 1(b).
Report on the remuneration report
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in the directors' report for the year ended 30 June
2015. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the
Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with
Australian Auditing Standards.
Opinion
In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Crown Resorts Limited for the year ended 30 June 2015,
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.
Ernst & Young
David McGregor
Partner
Melbourne
8 September 2015
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation
Directors’ Declaration
In accordance with a resolution of the Directors, we declare as follows:
In the opinion of the directors:
1. the financial statements and notes of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001,
including:
(a) giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2015 and of its performance
for the year ended on that date; and
(b) complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the
Corporations Regulations 2001;
2. the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note
1 of the Financial Report;
3. there are reasonable grounds to believe that the consolidated entity will be able to pay its debts as and when they
become due and payable;
4. this declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors in accordance
with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ending 30 June 2015; and
5. as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Closed Group
identified in note 33 of the Financial Report will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may
become subject, by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.
On behalf of the Board.
n
o
i
t
a
r
a
c
e
D
l
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
R J Rankin
Director
R B Craigie
Director
Melbourne, 8 September 2015
85
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015
Financial Report
87
Statement of
Profit or Loss
89
Statement of
Financial Position
91
Statement of
Changes in Equity
88
Statement of
Comprehensive Income
90
Cash Flow Statement
92
Notes to the
Financial Statements
i
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
l
R
e
p
o
r
t
86
Statement of Profit or Loss
For the year ended 30 June 2015
Revenues
Other income
Expenses
Note
3
3
3
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
3,484,404
3,094,344
349
420
(3,011,132)
(2,510,763)
Share of profits of associates and joint venture entities
2,10
122,058
284,252
Profit before income tax and finance costs
Finance costs
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Net profit after tax
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Parent
Non-controlling interests
3
2,5
595,679
868,253
(132,088)
(116,254)
463,591
(85,284)
751,999
(96,236)
378,307
655,763
385,047
655,763
(6,740)
-
378,307
655,763
The above Statement of Profit or Loss should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic EPS
Diluted EPS
EPS calculation is based on the weighted average number of shares on issue
throughout the period
Dividends per share
Current year final dividend declared
Current year interim dividend paid
2015
Cents
per share
2014
Cents
per share
52.86
52.86
90.03
90.03
Note
29
29
4
4
19.00
18.00
19.00
18.00
s
s
o
L
r
o
t
i
f
o
r
P
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
87
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2015
Net profit after tax
Other Comprehensive Income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign currency translation (1)
Movement in cash flow hedge reserve
Unrealised gain / (loss) on investments
Note
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
378,307
655,763
21
21
21
388,950
33,875
7,250
(40,778)
(15,619)
-
Other comprehensive income / (loss) for the period, net of income tax
430,075
(56,397)
Total comprehensive income / (loss) for the period
808,382
599,366
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Parent
Non-controlling interests
810,667
(2,285)
808,382
599,366
-
599,366
(1) The movement in the foreign currency translation reserve is largely attributable to foreign exchange movements relating to Crown’s equity
accounted investment in Melco Crown.
The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e
I
n
c
o
m
e
88
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
n
o
i
t
i
s
o
P
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 June 2015
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Prepayments
Other financial assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Receivables
Other financial assets
Investments
Investments in associates
Property, plant and equipment
Licences
Other intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Income tax payable
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Contributed equity
Treasury shares
Reserves
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent
Non-controlling interest
Total equity
Note
25
6
7
8
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
5
15
16
17
18
19
16
17
5
18
19
20
20
21
21
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
340,984
377,632
14,861
30,385
16,032
177,780
341,553
12,901
31,289
-
779,894
563,523
151,284
211,980
10,674
41,918
457
85,066
1,965,717
1,541,708
3,823,196
3,096,335
1,130,623
270,635
202,146
61,264
647,039
231,808
131,184
59,431
7,657,457
6,005,008
8,437,351
6,568,531
446,593
188,784
153,818
169,174
626
345,874
103,531
118,837
138,792
1,499
958,995
708,533
156,161
138
2,473,233
1,639,270
193,651
189,411
36,361
9,950
32,815
16,703
2,869,356
1,878,337
3,828,351
2,586,870
4,609,000
3,981,661
446,763
446,763
-
(1,918)
820,217
394,597
3,257,760
3,142,219
4,524,740
3,981,661
84,260
-
4,609,000
3,981,661
The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
89
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Cash Flow Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2015
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
Payments to suppliers and employees
Dividends received
Interest received
Borrowing costs paid
Income tax paid
l
C
a
s
h
F
o
w
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Note
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
3,466,517
3,044,801
(2,637,838)
(2,267,546)
52,578
16,120
94,405
11,872
(156,648)
(122,729)
(106,153)
(58,778)
Net cash flows from/(used in) operating activities
25b
634,576
702,025
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Payments in respect of licences
Payment for purchases of investments
Payment for acquisition of financial instruments
Net proceeds from disposal of financial instruments
Net payment for acquisition of controlled entities
Net proceeds from sale of equity investments
Loans to associated entities
Repayments of loans from associated entities
Other (net)
(599,602)
(401,847)
97,713
(345,000)
-
(272,440)
69,090
(3,971)
1,000
(476)
9,875
(1,817)
424
(5,000)
(24,051)
(61,372)
-
(63,308)
201
(11,551)
2,527
(2,552)
Net cash flows from/(used in) investing activities
(1,045,628)
(566,529)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Equity injections from non-controlling interests
Dividends paid
Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
2,905,854
(2,160,985)
72,431
(269,506)
547,794
136,742
177,780
26,462
763,530
(660,115)
-
(269,506)
(166,091)
(30,595)
205,511
2,864
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year
25a
340,984
177,780
The above Cash Flow Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
90
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2015
Ordinary
Shares
Shares
Held in
Trust
Retained
Earnings Reserves
$'000
$'000
$'000
$'000
Non-
Controlling
Interest
$'000
Total
$'000
Total
Equity
$'000
Year ended 30 June 2015
Balance at 1 July 2014
446,763
(1,918)
3,142,219
394,597
3,981,661
-
3,981,661
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income
Total comprehensive
income for the period
Dividends paid
Shares transferred under
Long Term Incentive Plan
Net acquisition of
subsidiaries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
385,047
-
385,047
(6,740)
378,307
-
425,620
425,620
4,455
430,075
-
385,047
425,620
810,667
(2,285)
808,382
-
(269,506)
1,918
-
-
-
-
-
-
(269,506)
1,918
-
-
(269,506)
1,918
-
86,545
86,545
Balance at 30 June 2015
446,763
-
3,257,760
820,217
4,524,740
84,260 4,609,000
Year ended 30 June 2014
Balance at 1 July 2013
446,763
(1,118)
2,755,962
450,994
3,652,601
-
3,652,601
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income
Total comprehensive
income for the period
Dividends paid
Shares acquired under Long
Term Incentive Plan
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
655,763
-
655,763
-
(56,397)
(56,397)
-
-
655,763
(56,397)
-
655,763
(56,397)
599,366
-
599,366
-
(269,506)
(800)
-
-
-
(269,506)
(800)
-
-
(269,506)
(800)
Balance at 30 June 2014
446,763
(1,918)
3,142,219
394,597
3,981,661
-
3,981,661
The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
y
t
i
u
q
E
n
i
s
e
g
n
a
h
C
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
91
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2015
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(a) Basis of preparation
This financial report is a general-purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of
the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and other authorative pronouncements of the Australian
Accounting Standards Board. The financial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative
financial instruments and investments that have been measured at fair value and investments in associates accounted for
using the equity method.
The financial report is presented in Australian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000)
unless otherwise stated under the option available to the Company under ASIC Class Order 98/100. The Company is an
entity to which the class order applies.
The financial report of Crown Resorts Limited and its controlled entities (the Group) for the year ended 30 June 2015 was
authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors on 8 September 2015 subject to final approval by a
subcommittee.
(b) Statement of compliance
The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards
Board and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
The Group has adopted the following accounting standards, which became applicable from 1 July 2014:
-
-
-
AASB 2012-3
–
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets
and Financial Liabilities
AASB 2013-3
– Amendments to AASB 136 – Recoverable Amount for Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets
AASB 2014-1 Part A – Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 Cycle
The adoption of these standards did not have a material effect on the financial position or performance of the Group during
the period.
Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective
and have not been adopted by the Group for the reporting period ending 30 June 2015 are outlined in the table below.
Reference
AASB 15
Title
Revenue from
Contracts
with
Customers
Application
date of
standard (1)
Impact on Group financial report
1 January 2017 This standard specifies the accounting treatment for all
Application
date for
Group (1)
1 July 2017
revenue arising from contracts with customers and
provides a model for the recognition and measurement
of gains and losses on the sales of some non-financial
assets (e.g., disposals of property, plant and equipment)
that are not an output of the entity’s ordinary activities.
Crown does not expect any significant impact on the
Group from the application of this standard, however
may result in additional disclosures.
(1) Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
92
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies continued
(b) Statement of compliance continued
Reference
AASB 2014-4
Title
Amendments to
Australian Accounting
Standards –
Clarification of
Acceptable Methods of
Depreciation and
Amortisation (AASB
116 and AASB 138)
AASB 2014-10 Amendments to
Australian Accounting
Standards – Sale or
Contribution of Assets
between an Investor
and its Associate or
Joint Venture
Amendments to
Australian Accounting
Standards – Annual
Improvements to
Australian Accounting
Standards 2012-2014
Cycle
Amendments to
Australian Accounting
Standards – Disclosure
Initiative: Amendments
to AASB 101
AASB 2015-1
AASB 2015-2
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
1 July 2016
Application
date of
standard (1)
1 January 2016 AASB 16 and AASB 138 both establish the
Impact on Group financial report
Application
date for
Group (1)
1 July 2016
principle for the basis of depreciation and
amortisation as being the expected pattern of
consumption of the future economic benefits of
an asset. Crown does not expect any significant
impact on the Group from the application of this
standard.
1 January 2016 AASB 2014-10 amends AASB 10 Consolidated
Financial Statements and AASB 128 to address
an inconsistency between the requirements in
AASB 10 and those in AASB 128 (August 2011),
in dealing with the sale or contribution of assets
between an investor and its associate or joint
venture. Crown does not expect any significant
impact on the Group from the application of this
standard.
1 January 2016 AASB 2015-1 amends various standards
1 July 2016
including AASB 119 Employee Benefits and
AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting. Crown
does not expect any significant impact on the
Group from the application of this standard.
1 January 2016 This Standard makes amendments to AASB
1 July 2016
101 Presentation of Financial Statements arising
from the IASB’s Disclosure Initiative project. The
amendments are designed to further encourage
companies to apply professional judgment in
determining what information to disclose in the
financial statements. This standard may result in
amendments to disclosures.
AASB 2015-3
1 July 2015
Amendments to
Australian Accounting
Standards arising from
the Withdrawal of
AASB 1031 Materiality
The Standard completes the AASB’s project to
remove Australian guidance on materiality from
Australian Accounting Standards. Crown does
not expect any significant impact on the Group
from the application of this standard.
1 July 2015
(1) Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated.
93
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(c) Basis of consolidation
N
o
t
e
s
The consolidated financial statements are those of the
consolidated entity, comprising Crown Resorts Limited
(the parent entity) and all entities that Crown Resorts
Limited controlled from time to time during the year and at
reporting date. Control is achieved when the Group is
exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its
involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect
those returns through its power over the investee.
The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an
investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are
changes to one or more of the three elements of control.
Information from the financial statements of subsidiaries is
included from the date the parent entity obtains control
until such time as control ceases. Where there is loss of
control of a subsidiary, the consolidated financial
statements include the results for the part of the reporting
period during which the parent entity has control. Change
of ownership interest of a subsidiary without the loss of
control is accounted for as an equity transaction.
Subsidiary acquisitions are accounted for using the
acquisition method of accounting. The financial
statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same
reporting period as the parent entity, using consistent
accounting policies. Adjustments are made to bring into
line any dissimilar accounting policies that may exist.
All inter-company balances and transactions, including
unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions,
have been eliminated in full.
The accounting policies adopted have been applied
consistently throughout the two reporting periods.
(d) Significant accounting judgements,
estimates and assumptions
The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are
often determined based on judgements, estimates and
assumptions of future events. The key judgements,
estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of
certain assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting
period are:
Impairment of goodwill and casino licences with
indefinite useful lives
The Group determines whether goodwill and casino licences
with indefinite useful lives are impaired at least on an annual
basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount
of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill and
casino licences with indefinite useful lives are allocated. The
assumptions used in this estimation of recoverable amount
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
94
and the carrying amount of goodwill and casino licences
with indefinite useful lives are discussed in note 14.
Fair value of investments
In accordance with accounting standards the Group uses
the Level Three method in estimating the fair value of
financial assets. Accordingly, the fair value is estimated using
inputs for the asset that are not based on observable market
data.
Taxes
Deferred tax assets are recognised for all unused tax losses
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be
available against which the losses can be utilised.
Management judgement is required to determine the amount
of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon
the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits.
Doubtful debts
An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is
objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.
Significant Items
Significant items are transactions or events that fall outside
the ordinary course of business. Significant items are
disclosed separately to allow users of the financial report to
see the performance of the Group in a comparable form to
that of the comparative period.
(e) Income tax
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior
periods are measured at the amount expected to be
recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based
on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and
tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are
enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.
Deferred tax is provided on most temporary differences at
the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and
liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting
purposes.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable
temporary differences except:
• where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is
not a business combination and, at the time of the
transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor
taxable profit or loss; or
• in respect of taxable temporary differences associated
with investments in subsidiaries, associates and
interests in joint ventures, when the timing of the
reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled
and it is probable that the temporary differences will not
reverse in the foreseeable future.
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(e) Income tax continued
Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible
temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets
and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that
taxable profit will be available against which the deductible
temporary differences, and the carry-forward of unused tax
assets and unused tax losses can be utilised except:
• when the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of
an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business
combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects
neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; or
• in respect of deductible temporary differences
associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates
and interests in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are
recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the
temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable
future and taxable profit will be available against which
the temporary differences can be utilised.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at
each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no
longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be
available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be
utilised.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax
rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset
is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and
tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted
at the reporting date.
Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity
are recognised in equity and not the Statement of Profit or
Loss.
(f) Other taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the
amount of GST except:
• where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and
services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in
which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of
acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item
as applicable;
• gaming revenues, due to the GST being offset against
casino taxes; and
• receivables and payables are stated with the amount of
GST included.
The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to,
the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or
payables in the Statement of Financial Position.
Cash flows are included in the Cash Flow Statement on a
gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising
from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable
from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are classified as
operating cash flows.
Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the
amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the
taxation authority.
(g) Foreign currency translation
Both the functional and presentation currency of Crown
Resorts Limited and its Australian subsidiaries is Australian
dollars.
Each foreign entity in the Group determines its own
functional currency and items included in the financial
statements of each foreign entity are measured using that
functional currency, which is translated to the presentation
currency.
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the
functional currency at the exchange rates ruling at the date
of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the
rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange
rate as at the date of the initial transaction. Non-monetary
items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are
translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair
value was determined.
As at the reporting date the assets and liabilities of overseas
subsidiaries are translated into the presentation currency of
Crown Resorts Limited at the rate of exchange ruling at the
reporting date and the profit or loss is translated at the
weighted average exchange rates for the period. The
exchange differences arising on the retranslation are taken
directly to a separate component of equity.
On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative
amount recognised in equity relating to that particular
foreign operation is recognised in the Statement of Profit or
Loss.
(h) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of Financial
Position comprises of cash at bank and on hand, and short
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or
less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash
and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in
future value.
For the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement, cash and
cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as
defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
95
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
(l)
Investments and other financial assets
Policies continued
(i) Trade and other receivables
N
o
t
e
s
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original
invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible
amounts.
An estimate for doubtful debts is made when there is
objective evidence that the full amount may not be
collected. Bad debts are written off when identified.
Receivables from associates and other related parties are
carried at amortised cost less an allowance for impairment.
Interest, when charged is taken up as income on an
accrual basis.
(j)
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net
realisable value.
Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present
location and condition are accounted for as follows:
• Inventories which include food, beverages and other
consumables are costed on a weighted average basis;
and
• net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the
ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of
completion and the estimated costs necessary to make
the sale.
(k) Investments in associates
The financial statements of the associates are used by the
Group to apply the equity method. Where associates apply
different accounting policies to the Group, adjustments are
made upon application of the equity method.
Investments in associates are carried in the Statement of
Financial Position at cost plus post-acquisition changes in
the Group’s share of net assets of the associates, less any
impairment in value. The Statement of Profit or Loss
reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the
associates.
Where there has been a change recognised directly in the
associates’ equity, the Group recognises its share of any
changes and discloses this, when applicable in the
Statement of Comprehensive Income.
When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or
exceeds its interest in the associate, including any
unsecured long term receivables and loans, the Group
does not recognise further losses unless it has incurred
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
96
Financial assets are classified based on:
(i) The objective of the entity’s business model for
managing the financial assets; and
(ii) The characteristics of the contractual cash flow.
The classification depends on the purpose for which the
financial assets were acquired. Management determines
the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.
An irrevocable election is made by instrument to determine
if the instrument is measured at fair value either through
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) or the Statement of
Profit or Loss.
When financial assets are recognised initially, they are
measured at fair value, plus, in the case of assets at fair
value through OCI, directly attributable transaction costs.
The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in an active
market. The fair value of the investments and other financial
assets that do not have a price quoted in an active market
have been estimated using valuation techniques based on
assumptions that are not supported by observable market
prices or rates. The fair value is reassessed each reporting
period.
If the fair value through Statement of Profit or Loss
approach is adopted, increments and decrements on the
fair value of the financial asset at each reporting date are
recognised through the Statement of Profit or Loss.
If the fair value through OCI approach is adopted,
increments and decrements on the fair value are
recognised in OCI, without recycling of gains and losses
between the Statement of Profit or Loss and OCI, even on
disposal of the investment. Dividends in respect of these
investments that are a return on investment are recognised
in the Statement of Profit or Loss.
Purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery
of assets within a time frame established by regulation or
convention in the market place (regular way trades) are
recognised on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group
commits to purchase or sell the asset.
(m) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value.
Depreciation and amortisation is calculated on a straight-
line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset as
follows:
• Freehold buildings - 40 to 75 years;
• Leasehold improvements - lease term; and
• Plant and equipment - 2 to 15 years.
The asset’s residual values, useful lives and amortisation
methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each
financial year end.
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Goodwill
Policies continued
(m) Property, plant and equipment continued
Impairment
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are
reviewed for impairment when events or changes in
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be
recoverable. For an asset that does not generate largely
independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is
determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset
belongs. If any such indication exists and where the
carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable amount,
the assets or cash-generating units are written down to
their recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment
is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in
use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash
flows are discounted to their present value using a post-tax
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of
the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.
Derecognition
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised
upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset.
Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset
(calculated as the difference between the net disposal
proceeds and the carrying amount of the item) is included
in the Statement of Profit or Loss in the period the item is
derecognised.
(n) Intangible assets
Licences
Licences are carried at cost less any accumulated
amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.
The directors regularly assess the carrying value of casino
licences so as to ensure they are not carried at a value
greater than their recoverable amount.
The casino licences are carried at cost of acquisition. The
Crown Melbourne licence is being amortised on a straight-
line basis over the remaining life of the licence to 2050.
The Crown Perth licence is assessed as having an
indefinite useful life and, as such, no amortisation is
charged. The Crown Perth licence is subject to an annual
impairment assessment.
Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost being
the excess of the cost of the business combination over
the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following initial
recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised.
As at the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is
allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to
benefit from the combination’s synergies.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually or more
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is
determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the
cash generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where
the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less
than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is
recognised.
Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and
part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the
goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is
included in the carrying amount of the operation when
determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation.
Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on
the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed of
and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.
Other intangible assets
Acquired both separately and from a business
combination.
Intangible assets acquired separately are capitalised at
cost and from a business combination are capitalised at
fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial
recognition, the cost model is applied to the class of
intangible assets.
The useful lives of these intangible assets are assessed to
be either finite or indefinite. Where amortisation is charged
on assets with finite lives, this expense is taken to the
Statement of Profit or Loss.
Intangible assets created within the business are not
capitalised and expenditure is charged against profits in
the period in which the expenditure is incurred.
Intangible assets are tested for impairment where an
indicator of impairment exists, and annually in the case of
intangible assets with indefinite lives, either individually or at
the cash generating unit level. Useful lives are also
examined on an annual basis and adjustments, where
applicable, are made on a prospective basis.
Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible
asset are measured as the difference between the net
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset
and are recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss when
the net asset is derecognised.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
97
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
(r) Provisions
Policies continued
(o) Recoverable amount of assets
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there
is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where an
indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a formal
estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying
amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount the
asset is considered impaired and is written down to its
recoverable amount.
Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs
to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for
which there are separately identifiable cash flows that are
largely independent of the cash flows from other assets or
groups of assets (cash-generating units). In assessing value
in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to
their present value using a post-tax discount rate that
reflects current market assessments of the time value of
money and the risks specific to the asset.
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present
obligation (legal or constructive) to make a future sacrifice
of economic benefits to other entities as a result of past
transactions or other events, it is probable that a future
sacrifice of economic benefit will be required and a reliable
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.
Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be
reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a
separate asset. The expense relating to any provision is
presented in the Statement of Profit or Loss net of any
reimbursement.
If the effect of the time value of money is material,
provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that
reflects the risks specific to the liability. When discounting
is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of
time is recognised as a finance cost.
A provision for dividends is not recognised as a liability
unless the dividends are declared, or publicly
recommended on or before the reporting date.
(p) Trade and other payables
(s) Employee benefits
Trade and other payables are brought to account for
amounts payable in relation to goods received and services
rendered, whether or not billed to the Group at reporting
date. The Group operates in a number of diverse markets,
and accordingly the terms of trade vary by business.
(q) Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair
value of the consideration received less directly attributable
transaction costs.
After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and
borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost
using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the
Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the
liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly associated with qualifying assets
are capitalised, including any other associated costs
directly attributable to the borrowing. The capitalisation rate
to determine the amount of borrowing costs to be
capitalised is the weighted average interest rate applicable
to the Group’s outstanding borrowings during the year, in
this case 6.1% (2014: 6.3%).
All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period they
are incurred.
Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a
result of employees rendering services up to reporting date
including related on-costs. The benefits include wages and
salaries, incentives, compensated absences and other
benefits, which are charged against profits in their
respective expense categories when services are provided
or benefits vest with the employee.
The provision for employee benefits is measured at the
remuneration rates expected to be paid when the liability is
settled. Benefits expected to be settled after twelve
months from the reporting date are measured at the
present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be
made in respect of services provided by employees up to
the reporting date.
The liability for long service leave is recognised in the
provision for employee benefits and measured as the
present value of expected future payments to be made in
respect of services provided by employees up to the
reporting date using the projected unit credit method.
Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary
levels, experience of employee departures, and periods of
service. Expected future payments are discounted using
market yields at the reporting date on bonds with terms to
maturity and currencies that match, as closely as possible,
the estimated future cash outflows.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
98
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(t) Leases
Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all
the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased
item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair
value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present
value of the minimum lease payments.
Lease payments are apportioned between the finance
charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve
a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the
liability.
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in
the Statement of Profit or Loss on a straight-line basis over
the lease term.
(u) Derecognition of financial instruments
The derecognition of a financial instrument takes place
when the Group no longer controls the contractual rights
that comprise the financial instrument, which is normally
the case when the instrument is sold, or all the cash flows
attributable to the instrument are passed through to an
independent third party.
(v) Derivative financial instruments and hedging
Derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is
positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.
Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of
derivatives, except for those that qualify as cash flow
hedges, are taken directly to profit or loss for the year.
The fair value of forward exchange contracts are calculated
by reference to current forward exchange rates for
contracts with similar maturity profiles. The fair values of
interest rate swaps are determined by reference to market
values for similar instruments.
Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting
are accounted for as follows:
(i) Fair value hedges
Fair value hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure to
changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability or
an unrecognised firm commitment, or an identified portion
of such an asset, liability or firm commitment that is
attributable to a particular risk and could affect profit or
loss. For fair value hedges, the carrying amount of the
hedged item is adjusted for gains and losses attributable to
the risk being hedged and the derivative is remeasured to
fair value. Gains and losses from both are taken to profit or
loss.
The Group discontinues fair value hedge accounting if the
hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or
exercised, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge
accounting or the Group revokes the designation. Any
adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged financial
instrument for which the effective interest method is used is
amortised to profit or loss. Amortisation may begin as soon
as an adjustment exists and shall begin no later than when
the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its
fair value attributable to the risk being hedged.
(ii) Cash flow hedges
Cash flow hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure to
variability in cash flows that is attributable to a particular
risk associated with a recognised asset or liability that is a
firm commitment and that could affect profit or loss. The
effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging
instrument is recognised directly in equity, while the
ineffective portion is recognised in the Statement of Profit
or Loss.
Amounts taken to equity are transferred out of equity and
included in the measurement of the hedged transaction
(finance costs or inventory purchases) when the forecast
transaction occurs. If the hedging instrument expires or is
sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or
rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked (due to it
being ineffective), amounts previously recognised in equity
remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.
(w) Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether a
financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.
(i) Financial assets carried at amortised cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on
loans and receivables carried at amortised cost has been
incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the
present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding
future credit losses that have not been incurred)
discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest
rate (i.e. the effective interest rate computed at initial
recognition). The carrying amount of the asset is reduced
either directly or through use of an allowance account. The
amount of the loss is recognised in the Statement of Profit
or Loss.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
99
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Interest
Policies continued
(w) Impairment of financial assets continued
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of
impairment exists individually for financial assets that are
individually significant, and individually or collectively for
financial assets that are not individually significant. If it is
determined that no objective evidence of impairment exists
for an individually assessed financial asset, whether
significant or not, the asset is included in a group of
financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and
that group of financial assets is collectively assessed for
impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for
impairment and for which an impairment loss is or
continues to be recognised are not included in a collective
assessment of impairment.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment
loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively
to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised,
the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed. Any
subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in
the Statement of Profit or Loss, to the extent that the
carrying value of the asset does not exceed its amortised
cost at the reversal date.
(x) Contributed equity
Revenue is recognised as the interest accrues (using the
effective interest method, which is the rate that exactly
discounts estimated future cash receipts through the
expected life of the financial instrument) to the net carrying
amount of the financial asset.
Dividends
Revenue is recognised when the shareholders’ right to
receive the payment is established.
(z) Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic EPS is calculated as net profit after tax, adjusted to
exclude any costs of servicing equity (other than dividends),
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary
shares, adjusted for any bonus element.
Diluted EPS is calculated as net profit after tax, adjusted
for:
• costs of servicing equity (other than dividends);
• the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated
with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been
recognised as expenses; and
• other non-discretionary changes in revenues or
expenses during the period that would result from the
dilution of potential ordinary shares;
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Issued capital is
recognised at the fair value of the consideration received,
less transaction costs.
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares
and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any
bonus element.
(aa) Segment Information
The Group’s operating segments have been determined
based on internal management reporting structure and the
nature of the products provided by the Group. They reflect
the business level at which financial information is provided
to management for decision making regarding resource
allocation and performance assessment. The segment
information presented is consistent with internal
management reporting.
The Group has four operating segments being Crown
Melbourne, Crown Perth, Crown Aspinall’s and Wagering.
(y) Revenue
Revenue is recognised and measured at the fair value of
the consideration received or receivable to the extent that it
is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the
Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. The
following specific recognition criteria must also be met
before revenue is recognised:
Sale of goods
Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and
rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the
buyer and can be measured reliably. Risks and rewards are
considered to have passed to the buyer at the time of
delivery of the goods to the customer.
Rendering of services
Revenue is recognised when control of the right to be
compensated for the services and the stage of completion
can be reliably measured.
Gaming revenues are the net of gaming wins and losses.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
100
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(ab)
Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the
acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a
business combination shall be measured at fair value,
which shall be calculated as the sum of the acquisition date
fair values of the assets transferred by the acquirer, the
liabilities incurred by the acquirer to former owners of the
acquiree and the equity issued by the acquirer, and the
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
For each business combination the group elects whether
to measure the non-controlling interest in the acquiree at
the fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s
identifiable net assets.
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the
financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate
classification and designation in accordance with the
contractual terms, economic conditions, the Group’s
operating or accounting policies and other pertinent
conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the
separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by
the acquiree.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the
acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held
equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at
the acquisition date through profit or loss.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the
acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition
date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the
contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset
or liability will be recognised in accordance with AASB 9
either in profit or loss or as a change to other
comprehensive income. If the contingent consideration is
classified as equity, it should not be remeasured until it is
finally settled within equity.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
101
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
2. Segment Information
30 June 2015
Normalised Result(1)
Crown
Melbourne
$’000
Crown
Perth
$’000
Crown
Aspinalls
$’000
Wager-
ing
$’000
Unall-
ocated
$’000
Crown
Group
$’000
Adjust-
ment(1)
$’000
Significant
Items (3)
$’000
Operating revenue
Main floor gaming
1,090,583
498,004
-
VIP program play
706,610
249,333
104,668
-
-
Wagering & Non gaming
436,689
227,967
942
89,751
Intersegment
-
-
-
1,588,587
-
1,060,611
61,065
755,349
(611)
-
-
Operating revenue
2,233,882
975,304
105,610
89,751
-
3,403,936
61,065
Interest revenue
Total revenue
Segment result
Gaming taxes,
commissions & other
2,233,882
975,304
105,610
89,751
-
3,423,688
61,065
19,752
-
(735,960)
(299,831)
(48,769)
-
- (1,084,560)
(107,874)
Operating expenses
(835,840)
(421,090)
(25,083)
(105,728)
(107,349)
(1,495,090)
611
-
-
662,082
254,383
31,758
(15,977)
(107,349)
824,897
(46,809)
(188,132)
(62,896)
(1,136)
(6,872)
(3,841)
(262,877)
-
473,950
191,487
30,622
(22,849)
(111,190)
562,020
(46,809)
-
-
(61,342)
161,253
(39,195)
(112,336)
-
(92,201)
6,917
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Actual
Crown
Group
$’000
1,588,587
1,121,676
755,349
(611)
3,465,001
19,752
3,484,753(2)
(1,192,434)
(1,495,090)
611
778,088
(262,877)
515,211
(61,342)
122,058
(112,336)
(85,284)
473,950
191,487
30,622
(22,849)
(111,190)
518,736
(79,087)
(61,342)
378,307
6,740
-
-
6,740
473,950
191,487
30,622
(22,849)
(111,190)
525,476
(79,087)
(61,342)
385,047
Capital expenditure
190,505
267,463
1,047
12,840
561,939
1,033,794
Investments in
associates
-
-
-
- 1,965,717
1,965,717
-
-
-
-
1,033,794
1,965,717
(1) Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown
Melbourne, Crown Perth, Crown Aspinall’s and Melco Crown), pre-opening costs from Melco Crown and asset impairments. The theoretical
win rate is the expected hold percentage on VIP program play over time. Accordingly, the normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP
program play revenue, gaming taxes, commissions & other expenses, income tax expense and equity accounted share of associates’ results.
(2) Total revenue of $3,484.8 million includes $0.3 million of profit on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the
Statement of Profit or Loss.
(3) Significant items consist of asset impairments of $61.3m, relating primarily to Crown’s investment in Cannery. Refer note 3.
Intersegment
Earnings before interest,
tax, depreciation and
amortisation "EBITDA"
Depreciation and
amortisation
Earnings before interest
and tax "EBIT"
Asset Impairments
Equity accounted share
of associates' net profit/
(loss)
Net interest income/
(expense)
Income tax benefit/
(expense)
Profit/(loss)
after tax
Non-controlling interest
Profit/(loss) attributable
to equity holders of the
Parent
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
102
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
2. Segment Information continued
30 June 2014
Normalised Result (1)
Crown
Melbourne
$’000
Crown
Perth
$’000
Crown
Aspinalls
$’000
Unall-
ocated
$’000
Crown
Group
$’000
Adjust-
ment(1)
$’000
Significant
Items(3)
$’000
Operating revenue
Main floor gaming
VIP program play
Non Gaming
Intersegment
1,020,299
485,441
-
501,202
173,080
119,579
-
-
1,505,740
-
793,861
143,367
409,669
225,053
1,045
15
635,782
(1,194)
-
-
Operating revenue
1,931,170
883,574
120,624
15
2,934,189
143,367
Interest revenue
Total revenue
Segment result
Gaming taxes,
commissions & other
Operating expenses
Intersegment
Earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation and amortisation
"EBITDA"
1,931,170
883,574
120,624
15
2,951,397
143,367
17,208
-
(591,394)
(224,082)
(53,802)
-
(869,278)
(47,872)
(777,963)
(417,930)
(31,600)
(55,881)
(1,283,374)
1,194
-
-
561,813
241,562
35,222
(55,866)
782,731
95,495
Depreciation and amortisation
(179,575)
(60,907)
(1,164)
(3,285)
(244,931)
-
382,238
180,655
34,058
(59,151)
537,800
95,495
Earnings before interest and tax
"EBIT"
Legal Settlements
Asset Impairments
Equity accounted share of
associates' net profit/(loss)
Net interest income/(expense)
Income tax benefit/(expense)
Profit/(loss) after tax
Capital expenditure
-
-
-
-
(33,730)
(32,772)
(33,730)
(32,772)
382,238
180,655
34,058
(59,151)
640,020
62,468
(46,725)
287,870
(3,618)
(99,046)
-
-
-
(86,604)
(29,409)
19,777
183,901
183,070
544
46,610
414,125
-
-
-
-
Investments in associates
-
-
-
1,541,708
1,541,708
(1) Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown
Melbourne, Crown Perth, Crown Aspinall’s and Melco Crown), pre-opening costs from Melco Crown, legal settlement costs and asset
impairments (refer footnote 3 below). The theoretical win rate is the expected hold percentage on VIP program play over time. Accordingly, the
normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP program play revenue, gaming taxes, commissions & other expenses, income tax expense
and equity accounted share of associates’ results.
(2) Total revenue of $3,094.8 million includes $0.4 million of profit on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the
Statement of Profit or Loss.
(3) Significant items consist of legal settlement costs of $33.7m ($23.6m net of tax) and asset impairments of $32.8m ($23.1m net of tax). Refer
note 3.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Actual
Crown
Group
$’000
1,505,740
937,228
635,782
(1,194)
3,077,556
17,208
3,094,764(2)
(917,150)
(1,283,374)
1,194
878,226
(244,931)
633,295
284,252
(99,046)
(96,236)
655,763
414,125
1,541,708
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
103
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
3. Revenue and Expenses
Profit before income tax expense includes the following revenues and expenses:
(a) Revenue
Revenue from services
Revenue from sale of goods
Interest
Other operating revenue
(b) Other income
Profit on disposal of non-current assets
(c) Expenses
Cost of sales
Operating activities
Legal settlement costs
Asset impairments
Other expenses
Depreciation of non-current assets
(included in expenses above)
Buildings
Plant and equipment
Amortisation of non-current assets
(included in expenses above)
Casino licence fee and management agreement
Other assets
Total depreciation and amortisation expense
(d) Other income and expense disclosures
Finance costs expensed:
Debt facilities
Capitalised interest
Operating leases
Superannuation expense
Other employee benefits expense
Net foreign currency (gains)/losses
(e) Significant items - income / (expense)
Legal settlements (net of tax)
Asset impairments (net of tax)
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
3,044,876
2,673,761
389,023
376,410
19,752
30,753
17,208
26,965
3,484,404
3,094,344
349
420
141,346
138,220
2,697,254
2,246,875
-
61,342
111,190
33,730
32,772
59,166
3,011,132
2,510,763
88,325
87,276
148,686
140,430
237,011
227,706
18,298
7,568
25,866
14,413
2,812
17,225
262,877
244,931
161,490
126,079
(29,402)
(9,825)
132,088
116,254
4,889
57,890
3,546
52,150
836,042
753,550
(17,584)
(874)
-
(61,342)
(23,611)
(23,114)
(61,342)
(46,725)
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
104
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
4. Dividends Paid and Declared
(a) Dividends declared and paid during the financial year
Prior year final dividend (paid 10 October 2014)
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
Paid at 19 cents (2013: 19 cents) per share franked at 50% (2013: 50% franked) at the
Australian tax rate of 30% (2013: 30%)
138,395
138,395
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
131,111
131,111
269,506
269,506
s
e
t
o
N
Current year interim dividend (paid 10 April 2015)
Paid at 18 cents (2014: 18 cents) per share franked at 50% (2014: 50% franked) at the
Australian tax rate of 30% (2014: 30%)
Total dividends appropriated
(b) Dividends declared and not recognised as a liability
Current year final dividend (expected to be paid 9 October 2015)
Declared at 19 cents (2014: 19 cents) per share and franked at 50% (2014: 50% franked)
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2014: 30%)
138,395
138,395
(c) Franking credits
The tax rate at which the final dividend will be franked is 30% (2014: 30%). The franking
account disclosures have been calculated using the franking rate applicable at 30 June
2015.
The amount of franking credits available for the subsequent financial year:
Franking account balance as at the end of the financial year at 30% (2014: 30%)
44,701
7,359
Franking credits that will arise from the payment of income taxes payable as at the end of
the financial year
Franking debits that will arise from the refund of income taxes receivable as at the end of
the financial year
Total franking credits
The amount of franking credits available for future reporting periods:
Impact on the franking account of dividends announced before the financial report was
authorised for issue but not recognised as a distribution to equity holders during the
financial year
83,626
68,253
-
(1,719)
128,327
73,893
(29,656)
(29,656)
Total franking credits available for future reporting periods
98,671
44,237
105
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
5. Income Tax
N
o
t
e
s
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
(a) Income tax expense
The prima facie tax expense, using the Australian tax rate multiplied by profit differs from
income tax provided in the financial statements as follows:
Profit before income tax
463,591
751,999
Prima facie income tax expense on profit at the Australian rate of 30% (2014: 30%)
139,077
225,600
Tax effect of:
Non deductible depreciation and amortisation
Share of associates' net losses/(profits)
Differences in foreign tax rates
Deferred income tax adjustment
Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years
Non-deductible significant item
Revenue losses not brought to account
Other items - net
Income tax expense
Income tax expense comprises:
Current expense
Deferred expense
Deferred expense/(benefit) due to change in tax rate
Adjustments for current income tax of prior periods
Tax on significant items
(b) Deferred income taxes
Deferred income tax assets
Deferred income tax liabilities
Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)
1,851
2,242
(36,617)
(85,276)
4,452
(27,125)
(36,325)
(16,696)
(6,705)
1,042
18,402
5,185
-
-
(4,036)
(3,551)
85,284
96,236
136,612
147,324
(66,750)
(32,353)
33
-
15,389
1,042
-
(19,777)
85,284
96,236
202,146
131,184
(193,651)
(189,411)
8,495
(58,227)
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
106
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
5. Income Tax continued
(c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at the end of the financial year
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:
Doubtful debt provision
Employee benefits provision
Losses available for offsetting against future taxable income
Other receivables
Other provisions
Prepaid casino tax
Licences and intangibles
Land and buildings
Property, plant & equipment
Revaluation of investment to fair value
Other
Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)
(d) Movements in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the
financial year
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year
Tax income / (expense) during the period recognised in profit or loss
Acquisitions
Exchange differences
Carrying amount at the end of the year
(e) Tax losses not brought to account, as the realisation of the benefits
represented by these balances is not considered to be probable
Tax losses arising in Australia for offset against future capital gains
Foreign income tax losses for offset against future foreign profits
Foreign capital tax losses for offset against future foreign profits
Total tax losses not brought to account
Potential tax benefit at respective tax rates
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
43,506
26,947
32,710
29,549
16,440
-
5,606
24,822
40,990
26,425
(15,838)
(16,409)
(101,317)
(101,050)
(82,716)
(80,447)
16,131
14,119
51,678
-
1,305
17,817
8,495
(58,227)
(58,227)
(90,023)
66,717
32,353
370
(365)
(545)
(12)
8,495
(58,227)
622,301
743,819
718,351
570,962
249,215
203,600
1,589,867
1,518,381
525,338
494,243
(f) Unrecognised temporary differences
At 30 June 2015, there is no recognised or unrecognised deferred income tax liability (2014: $nil) for taxes that would be
payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, as the Group has no
liability for additional taxation should such amounts be remitted.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
107
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
5. Income Tax continued
(g) Tax consolidation
Crown Resorts Limited and its 100% owned Australian resident subsidiaries have formed a tax consolidated group with
effect from 1 July 2007. Crown Resorts Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the group
have entered into a tax sharing arrangement with Crown Resorts Limited in order to allocate income tax expense between
Crown Resorts Limited and the wholly owned subsidiaries. In addition, the agreement provides for the allocation of income
tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. At the balance date the
possibility of default is remote.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
(h) Tax effect accounting by members of the tax consolidated group
Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement. The tax funding agreement provides
for the allocation of current and deferred taxes to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with their taxable
income for the period. The allocation of taxes under the tax funding agreement is recognised as an increase / decrease in
the subsidiaries inter-company accounts with the tax consolidated group head company, Crown Resorts Limited.
6. Trade and Other Receivables
Current
Trade receivables
Provision for doubtful debts (a)
Other receivables
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
520,847
426,946
(161,481)
(102,812)
359,366
324,134
18,266
17,419
377,632
341,553
(a) Allowance for Doubtful Debts
Trade debtors are non-interest bearing and are generally 30 day terms.
An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.
Movements in tha allowance or doubtful debts
Allowance for doubtful debts at the beginning of the year
Net doubtful debt expense (1)
Net Amounts written off
Opening balance on acquisition
Exchange differences
(1) Amounts are included in other expenses.
2015
$'000
(102,812)
(77,271)
21,271
(1,234)
(1,435)
2014
$'000
(57,605)
(44,978)
745
-
(974)
(161,481)
(102,812)
108
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
6. Trade and Other Receivables continued
(a) Allowance for Doubtful Debts continued
Ageing analysis of trade debtors
2015- consolidated
Current
Past due not impaired
Considered impaired
2014- consolidated
Current
Past due not impaired
Considered impaired
Non-current
Loans to associated entities(1)
Other receivables
(1) Loan terms are outlined in note 31.
7. Inventories
Current
Finished goods (at cost)
0-30 days
>30 days
$'000
$'000
Total
$'000
77,672
-
77,672
-
28
281,694
281,694
161,453
161,481
77,700
443,147
520,847
91,377
-
91,377
-
88
232,757
232,757
102,724
102,812
91,465
335,481
426,946
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
139,894
141,200
11,390
70,780
151,284
211,980
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
14,861
12,901
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
109
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
8. Other Financial Assets
Current
Receivable on forward exchange contracts
Non-current
Receivable on forward exchange contracts
Receivable on interest rate swaps
Receivable on cross currency swaps
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
16,032
16,032
1,278
-
9,396
10,674
-
-
-
457
-
457
Details of the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency changes are provided in note 35.
9. Investments
At fair value
Shares - listed (USA)
Shares - unlisted (North America)
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
39,683
2,235
34,277
50,789
41,918
85,066
Investments consist of shares, and therefore have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate.
The fair value of listed investments have been determined by reference to published price quotations in an active market.
The fair value of the unlisted investments have been estimated using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are
not supported by observable market prices or rates. Refer to note 35 for further information regarding the valuation
techniques.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
110
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
10. Investments in Associates
Investment details:
Associated entities - unlisted shares
Associated entities - listed shares
Total investments in associates
Fair value of listed investments:
Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd (1)
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
-
1,932
1,965,717
1,539,776
1,965,717
1,541,708
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
4,749,769
7,059,056
4,749,769
7,059,056
s
e
t
o
N
(1) Reflects Melco Crown share price at balance date, converted to Australian dollars. In accordance with Crown’s accounting policies,
recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The Melco Crown carrying amount does not exceed its
recoverable amount.
Investments in Associates
Reporting
Date
Principal Activity
Principal
Place of
Business
% Interest
30 June
2015
30 June
2014
Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd
31 Dec(2)
Resort/Casino and gaming
machine operator
Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd
30 April(2)
Betting exchange
Macau(3)
Australia
Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd
30 June
Casino and gaming machine
operator
U.K.
34.3
-(4)
50.0
33.6
50.0
50.0
(2) The Group uses 30 June results to equity account for the investments.
(3) Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd was incorporated in the Cayman Islands.
(4) The Group acquired a 100% interest in Betfair during the financial year resulting in a business combination. Refer note 23.
Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd is accounted for using the equity method in these consolidated financial statements. The
investment in Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd was previously written down to $nil and Crown has therefore discontinued
recognising its share of further losses. The Group’s share of unrecognised losses as at 30 June 2015 for Aspers Group is
$19.9 million (2014: $20.2 million). Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd was consolidated as a subsidiary of the Group during the
period.
Summarised financial information in respect of each of the Group’s material associates is set out below.
Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd:
Revenue
Profit/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
6,288,928
7,256,138
370,882
855,845
(6,713)
(3,272)
364,169
852,573
111
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
10. Investments in Associates continued
Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd:
N
o
t
e
s
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets
Reconciliation of net asset to carrying amount:
Proportion of Crown's ownership interest in MCE
Crown's share of net assets
Non-controlling interest
Other
Carrying amount of investment
Carrying amount of investment in Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Share of associates' net profit/(loss) for the year
Foreign exchange movements
Dividends received
Carrying amount of investment in Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd at the
end of the financial year
Impairment Testing
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
3,914,968
3,295,573
9,707,178
6,527,650
(1,435,636)
(1,325,453)
(5,665,827)
(3,030,804)
6,520,683
5,466,966
34.3%
33.6%
2,236,594
1,836,900
(307,379)
(254,742)
36,502
(42,382)
1,965,717
1,539,776
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
1,539,776
1,397,723
122,042
287,634
356,477
(51,176)
(52,578)
(94,405)
1,965,717
1,539,776
Given that the fair market value of the investment in Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd exceeds the carrying value, there
have been no indicators of impairment during the period, and no indicators of impairment existed at 30 June 2015. As a
result there has been no impairment charge during the year (2014: $nil).
Aggregate financial information in respect of each of the Group’s associates which are not individually material are set out
below.
Carrying amount of investment
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Share of associates' net profit/(loss) for the year
Transfer of investment on consolidation(1)
2015
$'000
1,932
16
(1,948)
2014
$'000
5,314
(3,382)
-
Carrying amount of investment in associates at the end of the financial year
-
1,932
(1) Refer to note 23 for details of the business combination.
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
112
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
11. Property, Plant and Equipment
Freehold
land and
buildings
$’000
Buildings
on
leasehold
land
$’000
Plant &
equipment
$’000
Construction
work in
progress
$’000
Leased
plant &
equipment
$’000
Total
property,
plant and
equipment
$’000
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
Year ended 30 June 2015
At 1 July 2014, net of accumulated
depreciation and impairment
Additions
Disposals
1,223,459
960,861
745,496
155,850
10,669
3,096,335
476,499
34,792
84,779
363,457
74,267
1,033,794
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
-
-
(85,013)
-
-
-
-
-
(85,013)
(680)
(237,011)
s
e
t
o
N
-
-
-
13,599
1,492
-
Depreciation expense
(29,548)
(58,777)
(148,006)
Acquisition of subsidiary
Exchange differences
-
-
1,009
12,590
1,206
286
Reclassification/ transfer
4,868
-
22,492
(27,360)
At 30 June 2015, net of
accumulated depreciation and
impairment
At 1 July 2014
1,675,278
939,091
632,624
491,947
84,256
3,823,196
Cost (gross carrying amount)
1,521,603
1,527,192
2,095,782
155,850
11,545
5,311,972
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment
(298,144)
(566,331)
(1,350,286)
-
(876)
(2,215,637)
Net carrying amount
1,223,459
960,861
745,496
155,850
10,669
3,096,335
At 30 June 2015
Cost (gross carrying amount)
2,005,967
1,563,767
2,053,140
491,947
85,812
6,200,633
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment
(330,689)
(624,676)
(1,420,516)
-
(1,556)
(2,377,437)
Net carrying amount
1,675,278
939,091
632,624
491,947
84,256
3,823,196
113
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
11. Property, Plant and Equipment continued
Depreciation expense
(27,827)
(59,449)
(139,750)
Freehold
land and
buildings
$’000
Buildings
on
leasehold
land
$’000
Plant &
equipment
$’000
Construction
work in
progress
$’000
Leased
plant &
equipment
$’000
Total
property,
plant and
equipment
$’000
1,080,390
933,366
738,920
101,437
11,349
2,865,462
71,978
50,940
161,571
129,636
-
-
-
-
75,000
-
-
-
977
(32,772)
955
294
23,918
35,027
16,278
(75,223)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
414,125
-
(680)
(227,706)
-
-
-
-
(32,772)
75,955
1,271
-
1,223,459
960,861
745,496
155,850
10,669
3,096,335
1,337,994
1,440,699
1,971,334
101,437
11,545
4,863,009
(257,604)
(507,333)
(1,232,414)
-
(196)
(1,997,547)
Year ended 30 June 2014
At 1 July 2013, net of accumulated
depreciation and impairment
Additions
Disposals
Impairment
Acquisition of subsidiary
Exchange differences
Reclassification/ transfer
At 30 June 2014, net of
accumulated depreciation and
impairment
At 1 July 2013
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment
Net carrying amount
1,080,390
933,366
738,920
101,437
11,349
2,865,462
At 30 June 2014
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment
1,521,603
1,527,192
2,095,782
155,850
11,545
5,311,972
(298,144)
(566,331)
(1,350,286)
-
(876)
(2,215,637)
Net carrying amount
1,223,459
960,861
745,496
155,850
10,669
3,096,335
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
114
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
12. Licences
Year ended 30 June 2015
At 1 July 2014, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
Additions
Amortisation expense
At 30 June 2015, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 30 June 2014
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Additions
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
At 30 June 2015
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Additions
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
Year ended 30 June 2014
At 1 July 2013, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
Additions
Amortisation expense
At 30 June 2014, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 July 2013
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
Casino
Licence
$'000
647,039
497,121
(13,537)
1,130,623
794,899
5,000
(152,860)
647,039
799,899
497,121
(166,397)
1,130,623
649,511
5,000
(7,472)
647,039
794,899
(145,388)
649,511
The casino licences are carried at cost and amortised on a straight line basis over their useful lives.
The Crown Melbourne licence was extended during the period and is being amortised until 2050. The Crown Perth licence
is assessed as having an indefinite useful life and no amortisation is charged. The additions in the current reporting period
relate to the Crown Melbourne Casino Licence reforms (consisting of the $250.0 million payment made during the period,
the net present value of the $250 million payment required in 2033 and associated costs, calculated at $152.1 million) and
the Restricted Gaming Licence issued for Crown Sydney ($95.0 million payment made during the period).
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
115
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
For the year ended 30 June 2015
13. Other Intangible Assets
N
o
t
e
s
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
Year ended 30 June 2015
At 1 July 2014, net of accumulated amortisation and
impairment
Business acquisitions
Additions
Exchange differences
Amortisation expense
At 30 June 2015, net of accumulated
amortisation and impairment
At 1 July 2014
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
At 30 June 2015
Goodwill (1)
$’000
Casino
Management
Agreement (1)
$’000
Other
$’000
Total
$’000
91,987
25,620
-
6,613
-
134,777
5,044
231,808
-
-
-
12,028
37,648
4,989
-
4,989
6,613
(4,761)
(5,662)
(10,423)
124,220
130,016
16,399
270,635
91,987
-
245,279
(110,502)
5,843
343,109
(799)
(111,301)
91,987
134,777
5,044
231,808
Cost (gross carrying amount)
134,392
245,279
10,017
389,688
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
-
(115,263)
(3,790)
(119,053)
Net carrying amount
134,392
130,016
6,227
270,635
Year ended 30 June 2014
At 1 July 2013, net of accumulated amortisation and
impairment
Business acquisitions
Additions
Exchange differences
Amortisation expense
At 30 June 2014, net of accumulated
amortisation and impairment
At 1 July 2013
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
60,762
26,855
-
4,370
-
141,718
2,092
204,572
-
-
-
(6,941)
-
26,855
3,030
-
(78)
3,030
4,370
(7,019)
91,987
134,777
5,044
231,808
60,762
-
245,279
(103,561)
2,813
308,854
(721)
(104,282)
Net carrying amount
60,762
141,718
2,092
204,572
(1) Purchased as part of business combinations
Goodwill is considered to have an indefinite life and is tested annually for impairment (see note 14). The goodwill balance at
30 June 2015 is allocated to Crown Melbourne $26.9 million (2014: $26.9 million), Crown Perth $11.9m (2014: $11.9 million),
Crown Aspinall’s $59.9 million (2014: $53.2 million) and Wagering $25.5 million (2014: $nil).
The useful life of the Crown Melbourne casino management agreement is amortised on a straight line basis to 2050.
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
116
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
14. Impairment Testing of Intangible Assets
Impairment tests for intangible assets
Intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGU’s) identified
according to business segment.
The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on a value in use calculation using a discounted cash flow
methodology covering a specified period, with an appropriate residual value at the end of that period, for each segment.
The methodology utilises cash flow forecasts that are based primarily on business plans presented to and approved by the
Board. The implied terminal growth rate beyond the five year period does not exceed the forecasted long term Australian
inflation rate of 2.5% (2014: 2.5%).
The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections to undertake
impairment testing of goodwill and casino licences.
(a) Cash flow forecasts
Cash flow forecasts are based on past performance and expectations for the future using a five year cash flow period.
(b) Residual value
Residual value is calculated using a perpetuity growth formula based on the cash flow forecast using a weighted average
cost of capital (after tax) and forecast growth rate.
(c) Forecast growth rates
Forecast growth rates are based on past performance and management’s expectations for future performance in each
segment.
(d) Discount rates
A weighted average cost of capital (after tax) of between 8% and 11% was used by the Group in impairment testing, risk
adjusted where applicable.
15. Other Assets
Non-current
Prepaid casino tax at cost
Accumulated amortisation
Other prepayments
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
100,800
100,800
(48,009)
52,791
8,473
(46,103)
54,697
4,734
61,264
59,431
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
117
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
16. Trade and Other Payables
Current - unsecured
Trade and other payables
Deferred income
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Non-current - unsecured
Casino licence payable
Deferred income
Other
17. Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings
Current
Bank Loans - unsecured
Capital Markets Debt - unsecured
Finance Lease - secured
Non-current
Bank Loans - unsecured
Capital Markets Debt - unsecured
Finance Lease - secured
Assets pledged as security
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
445,107
345,008
1,486
866
446,593
345,874
149,894
6,115
152
156,161
-
-
138
138
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
155,900
102,846
17,421
15,463
-
685
188,784
103,531
106,682
424,209
2,297,604
1,205,023
68,947
10,038
2,473,233
1,639,270
The lease liabilities are effectively secured, as the rights to the leased assets revert to the lessor in the event of default.
Fair Value Disclosures
Details of the fair value disclosures of the Group’s interest bearing liabilities are set out in note 35.
Financial Risk Management
Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency changes is provided in note 35.
118
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
17. Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings continued
Financing and Credit Facilities
Unsecured credit facilities are provided as part of the overall debt funding structure of the Crown Group as follows:
Facility Type
Bank Facilities
Facility
Amount
$'000
Drawn
Letters of
Amount Credit Issued
$'000
$'000
Available
$'000
Expiry
Dates
Bilateral Multi Option Facilities
220,000
89,219
27,961
102,820
Feb 16 / Oct 16
Syndicated Revolving Facilities
1,375,000
-
GBP Syndicated Facility
173,363
173,363
-
-
Letter of Credit Facility
185,000
-
185,000
1,375,000
2016 - 2020
-
-
2015 - 2016
June 2021
1,953,363
262,582
212,961
1,477,820
Debt Capital Markets
Euro Medium Term Notes
174,634
174,634
Australian Medium Term Notes
750,000
750,000
AUD Subordinated Notes
1,132,835
1,132,835
US Private Placement
257,556
257,556
2,315,025
2,315,025
-
-
-
-
-
July 2036
Jul 17 / Nov 19
Sep 72 / Apr 75
2015 - 2020
-
-
-
-
-
Total at 30 June 2015
4,268,388
2,577,607
212,961
1,477,820
Total at 30 June 2014
3,014,232
1,732,078
209,078
1,073,076
The bank facilities are provided on an unsecured basis by domestic and international banks.
The debt capital markets drawn amounts represent unsecured notes issued to domestic and international debt investors.
Crown is able to make advances and issue letters of credit under the letter of credit facility, syndicated facilities and the
bilateral facilities which are multi option in nature.
Each of the above mentioned facilities is issued by or supported by a Group guarantee from Crown and certain of its
subsidiaries and impose various affirmative covenants on Crown, which may include compliance with certain financial
ratios and negative covenants, including restrictions on encumbrances, and customary events of default, including a
payment default, breach of covenants, cross-default and insolvency events.
During the current and prior year, there were no defaults or breaches on any of the loans or borrowings.
Refer to note 25(b) for a summary of Crown’s overdraft facilities.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
119
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
Employee
Entitlements
$’000
Other
$’000
Total
$’000
148,282
23,325
171,607
116,916
4,741
121,657
(90,712)
(10,155)
(100,867)
2,321
10,817
13,138
176,807
28,728
205,535
146,770
22,404
169,174
30,037
6,324
36,361
176,807
28,728
205,535
119,249
19,543
138,792
29,033
3,782
32,815
148,282
23,325
171,607
2015
$'000
137
489
626
9,950
-
9,950
2014
$'000
1,332
167
1,499
2,834
13,869
16,703
For the year ended 30 June 2015
18. Provisions
N
o
t
e
s
At 1 July 2014
Arising during the year
Utilised during the year
Balance on acquisition
At 30 June 2015
Current 2015
Non-current 2015
At 30 June 2015
Current 2014
Non-current 2014
At 30 June 2014
19. Other Financial Liabilities
Current
Payables on forward exchange contracts
Payables on interest rate swaps
Non-current
Payables on interest rate swaps
Payables on cross currency swaps
Other financial liabilities are outlined in note 35.
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
120
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
20. Contributed Equity
Issued share capital
Ordinary shares fully paid
Shares held in Trust
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Shares transferred under Crown Resorts Limited Long Term Incentive Plan
Balance at the end of the financial year
Issued share capital
Ordinary shares fully paid
Terms and Conditions of Contributed Equity
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
446,763
446,763
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
(1,918)
1,918
-
(1,118)
(800)
(1,918)
2015
No.
2014
No.
728,394,185
728,394,185
Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding-up of the Company in proportion
to the number of shares held.
The voting rights attaching to ordinary shares provide that each ordinary shareholder present in person or by proxy or
attorney or being a corporation present by representative at a meeting shall have:
(a) on a show of hands, one vote only;
(b) on a poll, one vote for every fully paid ordinary share held.
Capital Management
When managing capital, the Group’s objective is to maintain optimal returns to shareholders and benefits for other
stakeholders. The Group also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the
entity.
During 2015, the Group paid dividends of $269.5 million (2014: $269.5 million). The Group’s dividend policy is to pay the
higher of 37 cents per share and 65% of normalised full year NPAT (excluding profits from associates but including
dividends received from associates), subject to the company’s financial position.
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
121
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
21. Reserves and Retained Earnings
Foreign currency translation reserve
Employee equity benefits reserve
Net unrealised gains reserve
Cash flow hedge reserve
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Foreign Currency Translation Reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising
from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations. It is also used to
recognise gains and losses on hedges of the net investment in foreign operations.
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Net foreign exchange translation
Non-controlling interest
Balance at the end of the financial year
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
154,919
(229,576)
13,010
13,010
636,158
628,908
16,130
(17,745)
820,217
394,597
(229,576)
(188,798)
388,950
(40,778)
(4,455)
-
154,919
(229,576)
Employee Equity Benefits Reserve
The employee equity benefits reserve is used to record share based remuneration
obligations to executives in relation to ordinary shares.
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Balance at the end of the financial year
13,010
13,010
13,010
13,010
Net Unrealised Gains Reserve
The net unrealised gains reserve records the movement from changes in ownerships
interest in a subsidiary, investments and associates equity.
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Change ownership interest in subsidiary without loss of control
Balance at the end of the financial year
628,908
628,908
7,250
-
636,158
628,908
Cash Flow Hedge Reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging
instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge.
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Movement in interest rate swaps
Movement in cross currency swaps
Movement in forward exchange contracts
Balance at the end of the financial year
(17,745)
(7,895)
23,265
18,505
(2,126)
(2,790)
(9,929)
(2,900)
16,130
(17,745)
122
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
21.Reserves and Retained Earnings continued
Retained Earnings
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Net profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Parent
Total available for appropriation
Dividends provided for or paid
Balance at the end of the financial year
22. Material Partly-Owned Subsidiaries
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
3,142,219
2,755,962
385,047
655,763
3,527,266
3,411,725
(269,506)
(269,506)
3,257,760
3,142,219
Details of ownership interests in all partly owned subsidiaries are outlined in note 32. Financial information of subsidiaries
that have material non-controlling interests is provided below:
30 June 2015
Principal place of business
Non-controlling interest percentage
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net Assets
Attributable to non-controlling interests
Revenue
Profit / (Loss)
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from investment activities
Cash flows from financing activities (dividends to NCI: nil)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Alon Group
$’000
USA
26%
111,108
444,971
(7,612)
(38)
548,429
78,416
-
(33)
(8)
-
(365,021)
454,882
18,660
108,521
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
123
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
23. Business Combinations
Acquisition of subsidiaries in current period
On 12 August 2014, Crown acquired the remaining 50% of shares of Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries (the
Betfair Group) for $10 million. Prior to this, Crown held a 50% interest in the Betfair Group and equity accounted its
investment as an associate of the Crown Group. Upon acquisition of the remaining 50%, Betfair became a wholly owned
Crown subsidiary.
On 16 December 2014, Crown acquired CrownBet Pty Ltd (formerly BetEasy Pty Ltd) for $12.2 million via the issuance of
shares in a newly formed holding company (forming the CrownBet group). Betfair’s sportsbook business and cash was
transferred to the newly formed holding company and the BetEasy founders contributed cash in exchange for equity in the
newly formed holding company. Consequently, Crown owned 67% of the CrownBet Group, with the remaining interest
held by the original founders of BetEasy. Subsequent to this, Crown divested 5% of its interest in the CrownBet group,
resulting in a reduction of Crown’s ownership from 67% to 62%.
The initial accounting for the business combinations requires the identification of fair values to be assigned to the
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the businesses acquired. The initial accounting for the CrownBet
business combinations has been provisionally determined at the end of the reporting period. In accordance with Australian
Accounting Standards, Crown will recognise any adjustments to these provisional values as a result of completing the initial
accounting within 12 months of the acquisition date.
The fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities as at the date of acquisition were:
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Identifiable intangibles
Deferred tax assets
Other non-current assets
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Fair value of identifiable net assets
Consolidated fair value at
acquisition date
$’000
17,729
15,166
13,599
12,028
4,951
1,770
65,243
40,767
13,138
4,581
58,486
6,757
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
124
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
23. Business Combinations continued
Goodwill arising on acquisition
Consideration transferred
Fair value of pre-existing interest
Fair value of identifiable net assets
Goodwill
$'000
22,226
10,000
(6,757)
25,469
Betfair’s identifiable net assets and the provisional fair value of CrownBet’s identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition
were $6.8 million, resulting in goodwill of $25.5 million. The goodwill is attributable to the skills and experience of the
management team, as well as the synergies that will be obtained through the combination of the Sportsbook businesses.
Opportunities exist to grow the customer base through leveraging Crown’s assets to provide additional services and
benefits to customers. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
Crown’s consolidated financial statements include the results of Betfair and CrownBet from their respective acquisition
dates. If the acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of the financial year, revenue from Betfair and CrownBet would
have been $120.3 million and loss before tax would have been $42.4 million.
The remeasurement to fair value of the Group’s existing 50% interest in Betfair resulted in a gain of $8.1 million, which has
been recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss. The Group incurred $1.1 million of acquisition costs which have been
expensed in the Statement of Profit or Loss.
Crown has elected to measure the non-controlling interest on acquisition in CrownBet at fair value.
Net Cash Flow - Acquisition of subsidiary
Cash paid
Repayment of loan to Betfair UK
Cash acquired
Net Cash Flow - Acquisition of subsidiary
$'000
10,000
11,700
(17,729)
3,971
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
125
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
23. Business Combinations continued
Acquisition of Capital Club Pty Ltd in prior period
On 1 December 2013, Crown acquired Capital Club Pty Ltd and its controlled entities (“Capital Club”), the owner and
operator of the Capital Golf Club and the Melbourne Golf Academy. The purchase price (inclusive of acquisition costs) was
$67.6 million, resulting in Crown owning 100% of the ordinary shares in Capital Club. Crown had previously acquired an
exclusive corporate membership share in Capital Club for $36.4 million.
Based on the fair values, Capital Club’s net assets at the date of acquisition were $77.1 million, resulting in $26.9 million of
goodwill. The acquisition of Capital Club will provide Crown with full and exclusive access to the golf course to entertain
guests and international VIP patrons, as well as the ownership of the freehold land associated with the golf course. None
of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
The fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Capital Club as at the date of acquisition were:
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax liabilities
Fair value of identifiable net assets
Goodwill arising on acquisition
Consideration transferred for acquisition of identifiable net assets
Net Cash Flow - Acquisition of subsidiary
Cash paid
Cash acquired
Net Cash Flow - Acquisition of subsidiary
Consolidated
fair value at
acquisition date
$’000
4,311
337
75,955
174
80,777
2,942
718
3,660
77,117
26,855
103,972
67,619
(4,311)
63,308
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
126
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
24. Expenditure Commitments
(a) Capital expenditure commitments
Estimated capital expenditure contracted for at balance date,
but not provided for:
Payable within one year
Payable after one year but not more than five years
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
314,504
234,675
95,599
288,890
410,103
523,565
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
At 30 June 2015, the Group has capital expenditure commitments principally relating to funding various projects.
s
e
t
o
N
(b) Non-cancellable operating lease commitments
Payable within one year
Payable after one year but not more than five years
Payable more than five years
2015
$'000
12,390
46,820
534,592
593,802
2014
$'000
3,236
6,458
11,316
21,010
The Group has entered into non-cancellable operating leases. The leases vary in contract period depending on the asset
involved but generally have an average lease term of approximately 8 years (2014: 9 years) excluding the land leases
detailed below. Operating leases include telecommunications rental agreements and leases on assets including motor
vehicles, land and buildings and items of plant and equipment. Renewal terms are included in certain contracts, whereby
renewal is at the option of the specific entity that holds the lease. On renewal, the terms of the leases are usually
renegotiated. There are no restrictions placed upon the lessee by entering into these leases.
In addition, in 1993 Crown Melbourne entered into a ninety-nine year lease agreement for the site upon which Crown
Melbourne Entertainment Complex is located. For years one to forty inclusive the annual rent payable by the parent entity
is one dollar per annum. For years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive the annual rent payable will be the then current market
rent for the site. The aggregate lease expenditure contracted for at balance date but not provided for which is disclosed in
this report does not include an estimate for the rent payable for years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive due to the
uncertainty of these amounts.
During the financial year, as part of the acquisition of land in Las Vegas, the Group through its majority owned subsidiary
assumed the operating lease on the leasehold portion of the land in Las Vegas which expires in 2097. The above
operating lease commitment table includes the scheduled payments until 2097.
(c) Non-cancellable finance lease commitments
Payable within one year
Payable after one year but not more than five years
Payable more than five years
2015
$'000
15,463
30,129
38,818
2014
$'000
669
10,037
-
84,410
10,706
Under the terms of the lease, Crown has the option to acquire the leased asset for a predetermined residual value on
expiry of the lease.
127
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
25. Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation
(a) Cash balance represents:
• cash on hand and at bank
• deposits at call
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
222,125
159,905
118,859
17,875
340,984
177,780
The above closing cash balances includes $144.3 million (2014: $110.9 million) of cash on the company’s premises and
cash held in bank accounts (including deposits on call) needed to run the day to day operations of the businesses and
cash of $196.7 million (2014: $66.9 million) for other purposes.
(b) Reconciliation of the profit/(loss) after tax to the net cash flows from
operating activities
Profit after tax
Depreciation and amortisation:
• property, plant and equipment
• intangibles
(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
Unrealised foreign exchange (gain)/loss
Share of associates' net (profit) / loss
Impairment of assets
Net mark-to-market (gain)/loss on investments
Dividends received from associates
Changes in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) / decrease in trade and other receivables
Increase / (decrease) in doubtful debts
(Increase) / decrease in inventories
(Increase) / decrease in prepayments
(Increase) / decrease in deferred income tax asset
(Increase) / decrease in other assets
(Decrease) / increase in payables
(Decrease) / increase in current income tax liability
(Decrease) / increase in provisions
(Decrease) / increase in deferred income tax liability
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
378,307
655,763
237,011
25,866
(349)
(14,358)
227,706
17,225
(420)
381
(122,058)
(284,252)
61,342
2,034
52,578
(98,796)
58,669
(1,960)
840
(70,962)
(13,899)
74,093
34,981
26,997
4,240
32,772
(9,995)
94,405
(157,777)
45,207
(262)
(13,197)
(18,972)
(2,531)
56,560
65,195
7,041
(12,824)
Net cash flows from operating activities
634,576
702,025
Bank Overdraft Facilities
The consolidated entity has bank overdraft facilities available as follows:
Bank
ANZ Banking Group Limited
Citibank NA
Royal Bank of Scotland PLC
2015
2014
A$20 million
A$20 million
US$10 million US$10 million
£20 million
£20 million
As at 30 June 2015 the overdraft facility with Royal Bank of Scotland was overdrawn to £2.2 million (2014: nil).
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
128
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
26. Events After the Reporting Period
On 30 July 2015, Crown announced that the appointment of Robert Rankin as a director of Crown Resorts Limited had
become effective following receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals.
On 13 August 2015, Crown announced that Mr James Packer had stepped down as Chairman of Crown Resorts Limited
and that Mr Robert Rankin had been appointed the new Chairman.
Subsequent to 30 June 2015, the directors of Crown declared a final dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year
ending 30 June 2015. The total amount of the dividend is $138.4 million, which represents a dividend of 19 cents per share
franked at 50%. No part of the unfranked portion of the dividend will consist of conduit foreign income.
27. Contingent Liabilities and Related Matters
The Group has no contingent liabilities at 30 June 2015.
Legal Actions
Entities within the group are defendants from time to time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of their business.
The group does not consider that the outcome of any proceedings ongoing at balance date, either individually or in
aggregate, is likely to have a material effect on its financial position. Where appropriate, provisions have been made.
28. Auditors’ Remuneration
Amounts received, or due and receivable, by Ernst & Young (Australia) for:
Auditing the accounts
Taxation services
Amounts received, or due and receivable, by other member firms of Ernst & Young
International for:
Auditing the accounts
Other services:
• Taxation services
• Consulting services
Amounts received, or due and receivable, by non Ernst & Young audit firms for:
Auditing services
29. Earnings Per Share (EPS)
2015
$'000
932
8,109
2014
$'000
780
4,146
137
99
211
-
192
18
9,389
5,235
98
84
2015
2014
The following reflects the income and share data used in the calculations of basic
and diluted EPS:
Net profit / (loss) after tax used in calculating basic and diluted EPS ($'000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic and diluted
EPS ('000)
385,047
655,763
728,394
728,394
There are no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change the number
of ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of these
financial statements.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
129
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
30. Key Management Personnel Disclosures
(a) Details of key management personnel
(i) Directors
James D Packer
John H Alexander
Benjamin A Brazil
Helen A Coonan
Rowen B Craigie
Chairman (until 12 August, 2015), Executive Director (from 12 August, 2015)
Executive Deputy Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
Rowena Danziger
Non-Executive Director
Andrew Demetriou
Non-Executive Director (appointed 29 January, 2015)
Geoffrey J Dixon
John S Horvath
Ashok Jacob
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director (resigned 15 December, 2014)
Michael R Johnston
Non-Executive Director
Harold C Mitchell
Non-Executive Director
Prior to 30 June 2015, the Board approved the appointment of Mr Robert Rankin as a director, subject to receipt of all
necessary regulatory approvals. On 30 July 2015, the necessary approvals were received and Mr Rankin’s appointment
became effective. On 12 August 2015, Mr Rankin was appointed Chairman of Crown.
(ii) Executives
Kenneth M Barton
Chief Financial Officer
Barry J Felstead
Chief Executive Officer – Australian Resorts
W Todd Nisbet
Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development
(b) Remuneration of key management personnel
Total remuneration for key management personnel for the Group and Parent Entity during the financial year are set out
below:
Remuneration by category
Short term benefits
Post employment benefits
Termination benefits
Long term incentives
Further details are contained in the Remuneration Report.
2015
$
2014
$
13,621,359
13,421,509
105,132
93,319
-
1,494,978
(1,442,500)
(3,016,500)
12,283,991
11,993,306
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
130
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
31. Related Party Disclosures
(a) Parent entity
Crown Resorts Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group.
(b) Controlled entities, associates and joint ventures
Interests in significant controlled entities are set out in note 32.
Investments in associates and joint ventures are set out in note 10.
(c) Entity with significant influence over the Group
At balance date Consolidated Press Holdings Group (“CPH”), comprising Consolidated Press Holdings Limited and its
related corporations, a group related to Mr James Packer, holds 50.01% (2014: 50.01%) of the Company’s fully paid
ordinary shares.
(d) Key management personnel
Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 30, and in the Remuneration Report.
(e) Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties
Sales to and purchases from related parties are made in arm’s length transactions both at normal market prices and on
normal commercial terms, unless otherwise stated.
(f) Transactions with related parties
The continuing operations have had the following transactions with related parties:
(i) Director related entities and entities with significant influence over the Group
CPH provided corporate secretarial and administrative services to Crown and its controlled entities of $0.2 million
during the year (2014: $0.1 million). CPH paid costs on behalf of Crown to third parties totalling $1.1 million during
the year (2014: $3.2 million). At 30 June 2015 there was $34,000 owing to CPH (2014: $nil).
Crown and its controlled entities provided CPH with hotel and banqueting services of $17,000 during the year
(2014: $0.1 million). At 30 June 2015 there were no amounts owing from CPH (2014: $nil).
(ii) Associates
Crown provided Melco Crown IT and related services of $1.2 million (2014: $1.0 million) at cost during the year.
During the year Crown paid costs on behalf of Melco Crown to third parties totaling $0.6 million (2014:
$10.3 million). At 30 June 2015 Crown had no amounts owing from Melco Crown (2014: $10.3 million).
During the year Mr Nisbet received a fee of US$0.1 million (2014: US$0.1 million) for acting as a director of
Melco Crown (Philippines) Resorts Corporation, being an indirect majority owned subsidiary of Melco Crown.
In addition, during the year, Mr Craigie, Mr Nisbet and Mr Packer received share based compensation of
US$0.1 million, US$0.6 million and US$1.0 million respectively from Melco Crown for acting as directors of Melco
Crown or any of its subsidiaries.
Melco Crown provided $8,000 (2014: $11,000) in Hotel and other services to Crown during the year. In addition,
Melco Crown paid costs of $0.1 million (2014: $0.1 million) on behalf of Crown during the year which has
subsequently been reimbursed in full.
Crown provided additional loans of $0.5 million (2014: $11.6 million) to Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd during the
year. There were loan repayments of $9.9 million to Crown during the year (2014: $2.5 million). Interest charged on
loans advanced to Aspers was $16.4 million for the year (2014: $15.3 million). At 30 June 2015 $139.9 million
(2014: $129.5 million) was owed by Aspers. At 30 June 2015 there were no amounts owing to Aspers (2014: $nil).
For the year ended 30 June 2015, the Group has not made any allowance for doubtful debts relating to amounts
owed by related parties as there have been no default of payment terms and conditions (2014: $nil).
An impairment assessment is undertaken each financial year by examining the financial position of the related party
and the market in which the related party operates to determine whether there is objective evidence that a related
party receivable is impaired. When such objective evidence exists, the Group recognises an allowance for the
impairment loss. During the financial year Crown has assessed there is no impairment to related party receivables.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
131
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
32. Investment in Controlled Entities
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Crown Resorts Limited and its controlled entities.
Significant controlled entities and those included in a class order with the parent entity are:
Crown Resorts Limited
ALON Las Vegas Financeco, LLC
ALON Las Vegas Holdings, LLC
ALON Las Vegas Landco, LLC
ALON Leisure Management, LLC
Artra Pty Ltd
Aspinalls Club Limited
Betfair Pty Ltd
Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd
Burswood Limited
Burswood Nominees Ltd
Burswood Resort (Management) Ltd
Capital Club Pty Ltd
Crown Asia Investments Limited
Crown Australia Pty Ltd
Crown Capital Golf Pty Ltd
Crown Cyprus Limited
Crown CCR Group Holdings One Pty Ltd
Crown CCR Group Holdings Two Pty Ltd
Crown CCR Group Holdings General Partnership
Crown CCR Group Investments One LLC
Crown CCR Group Investments Two LLC
Crown CCR Holdings LLC
Crown CPS Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Entertainment Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Gateway Luxembourg Pty Ltd
Crown Group Finance Limited
Crown Group Securities Ltd
Crown Management Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Management Pty Ltd
Crown Melbourne Limited
Crown North America Holdings One Pty Ltd
Crown North America Investments LLC
Crown Overseas Investments Pty Ltd
Crown Services (US) LLC
Crown Sydney Pty Ltd
Crown Sydney Gaming Pty Ltd
Crown Sydney Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Sydney Property Pty Ltd
Crown UK Investments Ltd
Crown (Western Australia) Pty Ltd
Crown (Western Australia) Finance Pty Ltd
CrownBet Pty Ltd
CrownBet Holdings Pty Ltd
Footnote
Country of
Incorporation
2015
2014
Australia
USA
USA
USA
USA
Australia
United Kingdom
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
USA
USA
USA
USA
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
USA
Australia
USA
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
United Kingdom
Australia
Australia
Australia
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Beneficial Interest
Held by the
Consolidated Entity(1)
2014
2015
%
%
Parent Entity
-
74
-
74
-
74
-
55
100
100
100
100
50 (2)
100
50 (2)
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
-
100
-
62
Australia
62
-
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
132
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
32. Investment in Controlled Entities continued
Footnote
Country of
Incorporation
2015
2014
Beneficial Interest
Held by the
Consolidated Entity(1)
2014
%
2015
%
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
Flienn Pty Ltd
Jade West Entertainment Pty Ltd
Jemtex Pty Ltd
Melbourne Golf Academy Pty Ltd
Nine Television (Netherlands Antilles) Pty Ltd
PBL (CI) Finance Limited
Pennwin Pty Ltd
Publishing and Broadcasting (Finance) Ltd
Publishing and Broadcasting International Holdings Ltd
Renga Pty Ltd
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Cayman Islands
Australia
Australia
Bahamas
Australia
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
(1) The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.
(2) At 30 June 2014 the Group held a 50% interest in these entities which was equity accounted. Refer note 10 for details.
A. These controlled entities have entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the parent entity under ASIC Class Order 98/1418 - the “Closed
Group” (refer note 33).
33. Deed of Cross Guarantee
Certain controlled entities of Crown Resorts Limited, as detailed in note 32, are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee
under which each company guarantees the debts of the others.
By entering into the deed, pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418, certain controlled entities of Crown have been granted
relief from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and publication of accounts.
The consolidated income statement and balance sheet of the entities which are members of the “Closed Group” are
detailed below.
Consolidated income statement
Profit / (loss) before income tax
Income tax (expense) / benefit
Net profit / (loss) after income tax
Retained earnings / (accumulated losses) at the beginning of the financial year
Dividends provided for or paid
Closed Group
2015
$'000
599,641
(145,763)
453,878
3,123,197
(269,506)
2014
$'000
3,365,192
(97,233)
3,267,959
124,744
(269,506)
Retained earnings / (accumulated losses) at the end of the financial year
3,307,569
3,123,197
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
133
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
33. Deed of Cross Guarantee continued
Closed Group
Consolidated balance sheet
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Prepayments
Other financial assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Receivables
Other financial assets
Investments
Investment in associates
Property, plant and equipment
Licences
Other intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Income tax payable
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Deferred tax liability
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Contributed equity
Treasury shares
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity
2015
$'000
204,578
298,123
14,321
23,430
16,032
2014
$'000
126,664
300,377
12,360
28,148
-
556,484
467,549
1,480,580
2,768,530
2,235
1,965,717
3,188,258
1,030,623
197,657
128,685
60,820
1,213,932
2,557,988
2,394
1,541,708
3,036,804
642,039
178,645
130,170
59,431
10,823,105
9,363,111
11,379,589
9,830,660
383,340
171,363
149,704
158,650
626
299,641
103,531
105,994
136,029
1,499
863,683
646,694
156,161
138
3,798,394
3,199,955
183,487
36,361
9,950
184,908
32,815
16,703
4,184,353
3,434,519
5,048,036
6,331,553
4,081,213
5,749,447
2,180,793
2,180,793
-
843,191
(1,919)
447,376
3,307,569
3,123,197
6,331,553
5,749,447
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
134
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
34. Parent Entity Disclosures
Results of the parent entity
Profit after tax for the period
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Total comprehensive income for the period
Financial position of the parent entity
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Total equity of the parent entity comprising of:
Issued capital
Employee equity benefits reserve
Accumulated losses
Total equity
Contingent liabilities
Crown Resorts Limited
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
285,584
2,907,086
-
-
285,584
2,907,086
1,918
-
14,459,877
12,704,968
14,461,795
12,704,968
161,436
104,211
4,699,946
3,016,422
4,861,382
3,120,633
9,927,204
9,927,204
13,010
(339,801)
13,010
(355,879)
9,600,413
9,584,335
There are no contingent liabilities for the parent entity at 30 June 2015 (2014: $nil).
Capital expenditure
The parent entity does not have any capital expenditure commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment
contracted but not provided for at 30 June 2015 (2014: $nil).
Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts of its subsidiaries
The parent entity has entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the effect that the Company guarantees debts in respect
of its subsidiaries. Further details of the deed of cross guarantee and the subsidiaries subject to the deed, are set out in
notes 32 and 33.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
135
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies
The Group’s principle financial instruments comprise receivables, payables, bank loans, capital market debt, finance lease
liabilities, investments, cash and short term deposits and derivatives.
The Group’s business activities expose it to the following risks; market risks (interest rate and foreign exchange), credit risk
and liquidity risk. For each of these risks, the Group considers the counterparties, geographical area, currency and
markets as applicable to determine whether there are concentrations of risk. Other than as described in this note, the
Group is satisfied that there are no material concentrations of risk.
The Group has policies in place to manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. Policies include monitoring the
level of interest rate and foreign exchange risk and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign exchange
rates. Ageing analysis of and monitoring of exposures to counterparties are undertaken to manage credit risk. Liquidity
risk is monitored through the employment of rolling cash flow forecasts.
Financial risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Group identifies,
evaluates and hedges financial risks in accordance with approved polices. The Board are informed on a regular basis of
risk management activities.
(a) Market Risk
(i)
Interest rate risk – cash flow
The Group’s exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and long term
debt obligations as outlined in note 17.
At balance date, the Group had the following mix of financial assets and liabilities exposed to variable interest rates that are
not designated as cash flow hedges.
Financial assets
AUD cash on hand and at bank
AUD deposits at call
GBP cash on hand and at bank
EUR cash on hand and at bank
USD cash on hand and at bank
USD deposits at call
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
AUD Bank Loans
AUD Capital Market Debt
Finance Lease Liability
HKD Bank Loans
GBP Bank Loans
Total financial liabilities
Net exposure
2015
$'000
67,220
22,546
(11,560)
75
22,085
96,314
2014
$'000
12,516
17,875
36,405
5
84
-
196,680
66,885
20,000
682,835
84,410
69,218
20,396
270,000
218,300
10,707
102,846
18,142
876,859
619,995
(680,179)
(553,110)
As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate liabilities of $876.9 million (2014: $620.0 million) that were not
hedged by interest rate swaps. The associated interest rate risk is partially mitigated by total financial assets of $196.7
million (2014: $66.9 million). Under the financial liabilities outstanding, for AUD facilities, the Group pays the Bank Bill Swap
rate (BBSW) plus a margin of between 150 and 500 basis points, for the finance lease liabilities, the Group pays BBSW or
USD LIBOR plus a margin of between 160 and 200 basis points, for GBP facilities, the Group pays LIBOR plus a margin of
180 basis points, and for HKD facilities, the Group pays HIBOR plus a margin of 47.5 basis points.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
136
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a) Market Risk continued
(i) Interest rate risk – cash flow continued
Of the AUD cash on hand and at bank $67.2 million is interest bearing and is invested at approximately BBSW. Deposits at
call of $22.5 million are invested at approximately BBSW. The Group maintains cash and cash equivalents on hand of
$144.3 million for operational purposes and is non interest bearing (2014: $110.9 million).
As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate borrowings of $20.4 million in GBP (2014: $18.1 million) and had
cash and cash equivalents of -$11.6 million (2014: $36.4 million) which is interest bearing and accrues at the UK daily cash
rate.
As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate borrowings in HKD of $69.2m (2014: $102.8m) and had minimal
interest earning cash and cash equivalents (2014: minimal).
As at balance date, the Group had USD cash on hand and at bank of $22.1 million which is interest bearing and is invested
at approximately US LIBOR (2014: minimal). In addition, the Group had USD deposits at call of $96.3 million, which is
invested at approximately US LIBOR (2014: minimal). The Group maintained no floating rate borrowings in USD (2014: $nil).
As at balance date, the Group maintained no floating rate borrowings in EUR (2014: $nil) and had minimal cash and cash
equivalents (2014: minimal).
Group Sensitivity
As a result of an increase of 75 basis points in AUD interest rates, an increase of 100 basis points in GBP, EUR and USD
interest rates, and an increase of 50 basis points in HKD interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profit for the year would have
decreased by $3.3 million (2014: $2.6 million). As a result of a decrease of 50 basis points in AUD and GBP interest rates,
and a decrease of 25 basis points in USD, EUR and HKD interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profit for the year would have
increased by $2.4 million (2014: $1.7 million).
The Group, where appropriate, uses interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its
long term floating rate borrowings which are subject to variable rates.
The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its long
term foreign currency denominated borrowings which are subject to variable rates.
As at balance date the notional principal amounts and period of expiry of the interest rate swap contracts were as follows:
Cash flow hedge
Maturity under 1 year
Maturity 1 -5 years
Maturity over 5 years
Closing Balance
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
136,682
50,000
416,286
386,067
174,634
174,634
727,602
610,701
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
137
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
N
o
t
e
s
(a) Market Risk continued
(i) Interest rate risk – cash flow continued
As at balance date the key terms of the interest rate swap contracts were as follows:
Hedge Type
Year Ended 30 June 2015
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Maturity Date
Interest Rate
Received
Interest Rate
Paid
Fair Value of
Swap Contract
$'000
March 2016
June 2017
March 2018
June 2018
March 2019
March 2020
December 2015
December 2016
BBSW
BBSW
BBSW
BBSW
BBSW
BBSW
LIBOR
LIBOR
3.20%
3.26%
3.50%
3.39%
3.04%
3.18%
1.00%
1.19%
Cross Currency Swap Contract
June 2036
USD 4.91%
AUD 7.05%
Year Ended 30 June 2014
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
Interest Rate Swap Contract
June 2015
March 2016
June 2017
March 2018
June 2018
December 2015
December 2016
BBSW
BBSW
BBSW
BBSW
BBSW
LIBOR
LIBOR
3.00%
3.20%
3.26%
3.50%
3.39%
1.00%
1.19%
Cross Currency Swap Contract
June 2036
USD 4.91%
AUD 7.05%
(13,869)
The terms of each of the swap contracts are matched directly against the appropriate loan and interest expense and as
such are highly effective.
(ii) Interest rate risk - fair value
Where appropriate, the Group enters into fixed rate debt to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk. As the Group holds fixed
rate debt there is a risk that the fair value of financial instruments will fluctuate because of market movements in interest
rates. The level of fixed rate debt at balance date was $1,785.1 million (2014: $1,122.8 million). As at balance date, the
carrying amounts of the Group’s fixed rate debt were not materially different from the fair values (2014: not material).
As at balance date the Group had no interest rate swaps in place to hedge fixed rate debt issuances.
(375)
(1,537)
(1,608)
(2,327)
(1,999)
(2,255)
(114)
(224)
9,396
(167)
(401)
(813)
(806)
(814)
375
82
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
138
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a) Market Risk continued
(iii) Foreign exchange risk
The Group has currency exposure as a result of capital expenditure and investments/sales in currencies other than the
Group’s functional currency.
The Group uses forward exchange contracts to minimise the currency exposure on any significant receivables or payables
as is deemed appropriate.
All forward exchange contracts must be in the same currency as the firm commitment and the Group negotiates the terms
of the hedges to exactly match the underlying commitment to maximise hedge effectiveness. As at balance date, the
Group had hedged the majority of its foreign currency receivables and payables that are firm commitments.
As at balance date, the Group had the following material foreign exchange exposures that were not designated as cash
flow hedges:
USD Exposure
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
US Private Placement
Total financial liabilities
Net exposure
GBP Exposure
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Loans to associates
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
GBP Loan Facilities
Total financial liabilities
Net exposure
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
10,026
-
10,026
6,960
60,697
67,657
257,556
212,089
257,556
212,089
(247,530)
(144,432)
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
6,283
4,215
139,894
129,500
146,177
133,715
173,363
154,209
173,363
154,209
(27,186)
(20,494)
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
139
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
N
o
t
e
s
(a) Market Risk continued
(iii) Foreign exchange risk continued
HKD Exposure
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
HKD Debt Facilities
Total financial liabilities
Net exposure
SGD Exposure
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total financial assets
Net exposure
Group sensitivity – USD
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
9,091
94,761
5,482
96,204
103,852
101,686
32,284
69,218
101,502
2,350
16,052
102,846
118,898
(17,212)
2015
$'000
1,240
1,240
1,240
2014
$'000
208
208
208
Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result
of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 10c against the USD would be $27.6 million higher or $35.8 million lower (2014:
$14.5 million higher or $18.0 million lower).
The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 10c
against the USD would be $1.5 million higher or $1.2 million lower (2014: $0.8 million higher or $0.7 million lower).
Group sensitivity – GBP
Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result of
the AUD strengthening or weakening by 5c against the GBP would be $3.1 million higher or $3.8 million lower (2014: $2.1
million higher or $2.5 million lower).
The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 5c
against the GBP would be $0.7 million higher or $0.6 million lower (2014: not material).
Group sensitivity – HKD
Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result of
the AUD strengthening or weakening by 50c against the HKD would not be material as at balance date (2014: not material).
The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 50c
against the HKD would not be material as at balance date (2014: $1.1 million higher or $1.3million lower).
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
140
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a) Market Risk continued
(iii) Foreign exchange risk continued
Group sensitivity – SGD
Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result of
the AUD strengthening or weakening by 10c against the SGD would not be material as at balance date (2014: not material).
The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 10c
against the SGD would not be material as at balance date (2014: not material).
Foreign Exchange Contracts
The Group uses derivative instruments such as forward exchange contracts to manage the currency risks arising from the
Group’s operations and its sources of finance.
Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging purposes and not as trading or other speculative instruments. These
derivatives qualify for hedge accounting and are based on limits set by the Board.
Cash flow hedges
At balance date details of outstanding contracts denominated in AUD was:
Buy USD/Sell AUD
Maturity under 1 year
Maturity 1 -5 years
Closing Balance
Sell USD/Buy AUD
Maturity under 1 year
Closing Balance
Notional Amounts
Average Rate
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
166,243
11,918
178,161
16,809
16,809
38,084
20,970
59,054
0.8383
0.8391
0.8383
0.9062
0.8941
0.9019
-
-
0.7734
0.7734
-
-
The forward exchange contracts are considered to be highly effective hedges as they are matched against known and
committed receivables and payments and any gain or loss on the hedged risk is taken directly to equity.
(b) Price Risk
(i) Equity Securities Price Risk
The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk. Equity securities price risk arises from investments held by the Group
and classified on the balance sheet as investments.
Shares - listed
Shares – unlisted
Net exposure
2015
$'000
39,683
2,235
41,918
2014
$'000
34,277
50,789
85,066
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
141
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
N
o
t
e
s
(b) Price Risk continued
(i) Equity Securities Price Risk continued
Group sensitivity
The Group’s sensitivity to equity securities price risk for the listed investments has been estimated by reference to
published price quotations in an active market. The sensitivity to movement in fair value for listed investments as a result of
a 10% movement in the share price of the listed shares at balance date was $2.1 million (2014: $2.3 million).
The Group’s sensitivity to equity securities price risk for the unlisted investments has been estimated using valuation
techniques based on the fair value of securities held. The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss as a
result of a one percent increase or decrease in either the forecast earnings growth rate or discount rate would not be
material (2014: increase of up to US$3 million or a reduction of up to US$0.6 million).
(ii) Commodity Price Risk
Neither the Group nor the parent entity is exposed to commodity price risk.
(c) Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other
receivables and derivative instruments. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from the potential default of the
counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at balance date is
outlined under each applicable note.
The Group does not hold any credit derivatives or collateral to offset its credit exposure.
All investment and financial instruments activity is with approved counterparties with investment grade ratings and is in
accordance with approved policies. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group and the
aggregate value of transactions is spread amongst a number of financial institutions to minimise the risk of default of
counterparties.
Credit risk in trade receivables is managed in the following ways:
(i) The provision of credit is covered by a risk assessment process for all customers.
(ii) Concentrations of credit risk are minimised by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers.
(iii) The provision of cheque-cashing facilities for gaming patrons is subject to detailed policies and procedures designed to
minimise any potential loss, including the taking up of bank opinions and the use of a central credit agency which
collates information from major casinos around the world.
(d) Liquidity Risk
It is the Group’s objective to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of cash
reserves, committed bank lines and capital markets debt in order to meet its financial commitments in a timely manner.
At balance date 7.1% or $188.8 million of the Group’s interest bearing liabilities will mature in less than 12 months
(2014: 5.9%).
As at balance date the Group had $1,478 million in undrawn committed bank lines (2014: $1,073 million).
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
142
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(d) Liquidity Risk continued
Maturity analysis of financial assets and liabilities
The table below analyses the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash flows of financial assets and financial liabilities, net
and gross settled derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at balance
date to the contractual maturity date.
1 year or less
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
1 to 5 years
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
more than 5 years
Total
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
2015
$'000
2014
$'000
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
340,984
177,780
389,022
351,636
139,894
141,200
-
60,697
-
210,678
56,483
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
340,984
177,780
-
-
Receivables - trade
377,632
341,553
11,390
10,083
-
-
-
-
139,894
141,200
-
60,697
197,698
36,600
12,980
19,883
Receivables - associates
Receivables - other
Forward exchange contracts
receivable
Cross currency interest rate
swaps receivable
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
8,047
924,361
6,574
562,507
32,189
196,453
26,297
258,160
128,754
128,754
111,762
111,762
168,990
1,249,568
144,633
932,429
-
-
602,754
346,012
84,410
10,723
Trade and other payables
446,593
345,874
6,267
138
149,894
Finance lease liabilities
Capital markets
15,463
17,421
685
30,129
10,038
38,818
-
990,135
474,974
1,307,469
730,050
2,315,025
1,205,024
Bank loans
Forward exchange contracts
payable
Interest rate swaps payable
Cross currency interest rate
swaps payable
155,900
102,846
106,682
424,209
183,118
38,084
11,917
20,970
5,321
2,279
10,140
4,241
-
-
-
-
262,582
527,055
-
-
195,035
59,054
15,461
6,520
12,312
12,312
49,248
49,248
196,987
209,299
258,547
270,859
Total financial liabilities
836,128
502,080
1,204,518
983,818
1,693,168
939,349
3,733,814
2,425,247
Net maturity
88,233
60,427 (1,008,065)
(725,658) (1,564,414)
(827,587) (2,484,246) (1,492,818)
143
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(e) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities approximates the carrying value as at balance date.
The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The methods comprise:
Level One – the fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets;
Level Two – the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included in Level One that are observable
for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and
Level Three – the fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.
The fair value of the financial instruments as well as the methods used to estimate the fair value are summarised in the table
below.
Year ended 30 June 2015
Financial Assets
Derivative Instruments
Receivable on forward exchange contracts
Receivable on cross currency swaps
Investments
Shares - listed (USA)
Shares - unlisted (North America)
Financial Liabilities
Derivative Instruments
Payables on forward exchange contracts
Payables on interest rate swaps
Year ended 30 June 2014
Financial Assets
Derivative Instruments
Receivable on interest rate swaps
Investments
Shares - listed (USA)
Shares - unlisted (North America)
Financial Liabilities
Derivative Instruments
Payables on forward exchange contracts
Payables on interest rate swaps
Payables on cross currency swaps
Quoted market
price
Level One
$'000
Valuation Technique
Observable
inputs
Level Two
$'000
Non market
observable
Level Three
$'000
-
-
39,683
-
39,683
-
-
-
-
34,277
-
34,277
17,310
9,396
-
-
26,706
137
10,439
10,576
457
-
-
457
-
-
-
-
1,332
3,001
13,869
18,202
-
-
-
2,235
2,235
-
-
-
-
-
50,789
50,789
-
-
-
-
Total
$'000
17,310
9,396
39,683
2,235
68,624
137
10,439
10,576
457
34,277
50,789
85,523
1,332
3,001
13,869
18,202
There have been no transfers between fair value measurement levels during the financial year ended 30 June 2015.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
144
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2015
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(e) Fair Value of Financial Instruments continued
Reconciliation of Level Three fair value movements:
Opening balance
Capital return received
Profit and Loss
Business Combination
Other Comprehensive Income
Closing Balance
Valuation techniques
2015
$'000
50,789
-
(55,874)
-
7,320
2,235
2014
$'000
89,671
(271)
-
(36,353)
(2,258)
50,789
The fair value of the unlisted investments have been estimated using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are
not supported by observable market prices or rates. Management believes that the estimated fair values resulting from the
valuation techniques and recorded in the Statement of Financial Position and the related changes in fair value recorded in
the Statement of Comprehensive Income are reasonable and the most appropriate at the reporting date.
Based on the valuation techniques performed, an impairment loss of $55.9 million has been recorded against the Group’s
investments during the year (2014: nil). Due to the financial position of Cannery and the uncertainty surrounding the
proposed sale of The Meadows, the carrying value of Crown’s investment in Cannery has been written down to nil,
resulting in a US$45.6 million (A$55.9 million) impairment charge.
A weighted average cost of capital (after tax) of between 6% and 10% was used by the Group in impairment testing, risk
adjusted where applicable. The sensitivity to the fair value of Level Three financial instruments of a one percent increase or
decrease in either the forecast earnings growth rate or discount rate would not be material at balance date (2014: an
increase of up to US$3.0 million or a reduction of up to US$0.6 million in fair value).
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
i
i
a
c
n
a
n
F
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
145
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Shareholder Information
Substantial shareholders as at 1 September 2015
The following information is extracted from substantial shareholder notices received by Crown.
Shareholder
Consolidated Press Holdings Limited
Perpetual Limited
Number of
ordinary
Shares
364,270,253
37,820,130
% of Issued
Capital
50.01%
5.19%
Holders of each class of securities
Crown only has ordinary shares on issue. The total number of ordinary shares on issue is 728,394,185 held by
71,105 shareholders.
Voting rights of ordinary shares
Crown’s Constitution sets out the information in relation to the voting rights attached to shares. In summary, at a general
meeting on a show of hands, every member present has one vote; and on a poll, every member present has:
(a) one vote for each fully paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote; and
(b) a fraction of a vote for each partly paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to
vote, equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid on the share bears to the total amount paid and payable on
the share.
Distribution of shareholders as at 1 September 2015
Size of Holdings
1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001+
Total
Holding less than a marketable parcel
Number of
Shareholders
% of Issued
Capital
46,658
21,621
1,895
851
80
71,105
3,029
2.63
6.28
1.83
2.40
86.86
100
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
146
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
9. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
3,597,594
Shareholder Information continued
The 20 largest shareholders as at 1 September 2015
Name
1. CPH CROWN HOLDINGS PTY LTD
2. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
3. J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED
4. NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED
5. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
6. BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD
7. RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
8. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
10. UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD
11. BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD
12. ARGO INVESTMENTS LIMITED
13. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSCO ECA
14. RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
15. QUESTOR FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED
16. UBS WEALTH MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LTD
17. NAVIGATOR AUSTRALIA LTD
18. WIN TELEVISION NSW PTY LIMITED
19. RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
20. AMP LIFE LIMITED
Total
Other
Details of equity securities
Crown has 728,394,185 shares currently on issue, all of which are quoted.
No. of Shares
% of Issued
Capital
364,197,092
50.00
71,968,843
61,473,356
39,900,121
22,289,639
14,809,794
11,446,681
4,820,910
3,289,318
3,130,857
2,609,184
2,407,091
1,839,503
1,361,668
1,343,282
1,290,455
1,000,000
923,895
822,787
9.88
8.44
5.48
3.06
2.03
1.57
0.66
0.49
0.45
0.43
0.36
0.33
0.25
0.19
0.18
0.18
0.14
0.13
0.11
614,522,070
113,872,115
84.37
15.63
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S
147
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
Additional Information
Shareholder enquiries
Shareholders may access their details by visiting the Share Registry’s website at www.investorcentre.com. For security
reasons, shareholders need to enter their Security holder Reference Number (SRN) or Holding Identification Number (HIN)
and postcode to access personal information. Security holding information may be updated online. Alternatively, download
the relevant forms and have the completed forms mailed to the Share Registry. Shareholders with queries about their
shareholdings should contact the Share Registry, Computershare Investor Services, on telephone number 1300 659 795,
or if calling from outside Australia (61 3) 9415 4000 or by fax (61 3) 9473 2500.
Electronic shareholder communications
Receiving shareholder communications electronically, instead of by post enables you to:
• Receive important shareholder and company information faster
• Reduce your impact on the environment
• Securely store important shareholder documents online, reducing clutter in your home or office
• Access all documents conveniently 24/7
Shareholders who wish to receive email alerts informing them of Annual Report, Notice of Meeting, Issuer Holding
Statements, Payment Advices and other company related information on Crown’s website, www.crownresorts.com.au
may either contact the Share Registry or lodge such instructions online at the Share Registry’s website at
www.investorcentre.com.
Change of address
Issuer sponsored shareholders should notify the Share Registry immediately in writing or by telephone upon any change in
their address quoting their SRN. Changes in addresses for broker sponsored holders should be directed to the sponsoring
brokers with the appropriate HIN.
Direct payment to shareholders’ accounts
Dividends may be paid directly to any bank, building society or credit union account in Australia. Payments are
electronically credited on the dividend date with advisory confirmation containing payment details mailed to shareholders.
Shareholders who wish to have their dividends paid directly to their account may advise the Share Registry in writing or
may update their payment instructions online on www.investorcentre.com prior to the dividend record date.
Tax File Numbers
Crown is obliged to deduct tax at the top marginal rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked or partially franked dividends
paid to Australian resident shareholders who have not supplied their Tax File Number (TFN) or exemption details. If you
wish to provide your TFN or exemption details, please contact the Share Registry.
Consolidation of multiple holdings
If you have multiple holdings which you wish to consolidate, please advise the Share Registry in writing. If your holdings are
broker sponsored, please contact the sponsoring broker directly.
Crown website
Crown has a dedicated corporate website, www.crownresorts.com.au which includes Crown’s Annual Report, disclosures
made to the ASX and Notices of Meeting and other Explanatory Memoranda.
Investment Warning
All information provided in the Annual Report is provided as of the date stated or otherwise as at the date of the Report.
The Annual Report has not taken into account any particular investor’s investment objectives or other circumstances.
Investors are encouraged to make an independent assessment of Crown or seek independent professional advice.
A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
148
FINANCIAL REPORT 2015 CONTINUED
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
Corporate Information
Directors
• Robert J Rankin BEc, LLB Chairman
• John H Alexander BA Executive Deputy Chairman
• Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons) Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
• Benjamin Brazil BCom, LLB
• The Honourable Helen A Coonan BA, LLB
• Rowena Danziger BA, TC, MACE
• Andrew Demetriou BA, BED
• Geoffrey J Dixon
• John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP
• Michael R Johnston BEc, CA
• Harold C Mitchell AC
• James D Packer
Company Secretaries
• Michael J Neilson BA, LLB
• Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons), GAICD
Crown’s registered office and principal corporate office
Level 3
Crown Towers
8 Whiteman Street
Southbank VIC 3006
Australia
Phone: (61 3) 9292 8824
Share Registry
Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
Yarra Falls
452 Johnston Street
Abbotsford VIC 3067
Phone: 1300 659 795 (within Australia)
Fax:
(61 3) 9415 4000 (outside Australia)
(61 3) 9473 2500
Website: www.computershare.com.au
Stock Exchange Listing
Crown’s ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Stock Exchange under the code “CWN”. Crown’s Subordinated
Notes I are listed on the Australian Stock Exchange under the code “CWNHA”. Crown’s Subordinated Notes II are listed
on the Australian Stock Exchange under the code “CWNHB”. The home exchange is Melbourne.
Website
Visit our website www.crownresorts.com.au for media releases and financial information.
Auditor
Ernst & Young
Banker
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
Crown Resorts Limited Annual Report 2015
w
crownresorts.com.au